WO2020001607A1 - 数据加扰方法及相关设备 - Google Patents

数据加扰方法及相关设备 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020001607A1
WO2020001607A1 PCT/CN2019/093637 CN2019093637W WO2020001607A1 WO 2020001607 A1 WO2020001607 A1 WO 2020001607A1 CN 2019093637 W CN2019093637 W CN 2019093637W WO 2020001607 A1 WO2020001607 A1 WO 2020001607A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
downlink control
configuration information
scrambling identifier
scrambling
information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/093637
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
葛士斌
毕晓艳
张闽
王潇涵
杭海存
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to EP19826647.0A priority Critical patent/EP3817266A4/en
Priority to AU2019296415A priority patent/AU2019296415B9/en
Publication of WO2020001607A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020001607A1/zh
Priority to US17/136,660 priority patent/US20210119836A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L25/00—Baseband systems
    • H04L25/02—Details ; arrangements for supplying electrical power along data transmission lines
    • H04L25/03—Shaping networks in transmitter or receiver, e.g. adaptive shaping networks
    • H04L25/03828—Arrangements for spectral shaping; Arrangements for providing signals with specified spectral properties
    • H04L25/03866—Arrangements for spectral shaping; Arrangements for providing signals with specified spectral properties using scrambling
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0001—Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
    • H04L5/0014—Three-dimensional division
    • H04L5/0016—Time-frequency-code
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0037—Inter-user or inter-terminal allocation
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053—Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0091—Signaling for the administration of the divided path
    • H04L5/0094—Indication of how sub-channels of the path are allocated
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a data scrambling method and related equipment.
  • Multi-transmission point / multi-panel / multi-beam (Multi-TRP / panel / beam) transmission technology is the key technology to improve the overall performance of the system and solve the problem of inter-cell interference .
  • Multi-TRP / panel / beam transmission technologies include joint transmission technology, dynamic transmission point selection technology, non-coherent joint transmission technology, and cooperative scheduling / coordinated beamforming technology.
  • the signaling is allocated for each user equipment, that is, the same user equipment has only one scrambling identifier.
  • a user equipment sends data, especially in non-coherent transmission.
  • Each transmission point uses its own independent precoding scheme.
  • the codeword is 0.
  • each transmission point scrambles the transmitted data, the same user
  • the user equipment identification number and codeword of the device are the same.
  • a scrambled identifier configured is associated with the user equipment, that is, the same user equipment has only one scrambled identifier, so each transmission point is used to scramble the data.
  • the sequences are also the same, which makes it impossible to randomize the data processing of each transmission point through scrambling.
  • This application provides a data scrambling method and related equipment, which can configure a scrambling identifier associated with downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters for a terminal device, or with different downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters. Associated multiple scrambling identities.
  • the present application provides a scrambling identifier configuration method.
  • a communication device can configure a scrambling identifier associated with downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters; or configure a different scrambling identifier; Multiple scrambling identifiers associated with downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters; the downlink control information configuration information is parameter information used to obtain a downlink control channel; the downlink control parameters are parameters contained in the downlink control information or Parameters related to parameters included in the downlink control information; the communication device may send one or more scrambling identities to the terminal device.
  • the downlink control information configuration information may be downlink control channel configuration parameters (Physical Downlink Control Channel Config, PDCCH-Config), control resource set (Control Resource Sets, CORESET) configuration parameters, or search space configuration parameters (search space).
  • the PDCCH-Config may include CORESET and search space, or the PDCCH-Config may include the index number of CORESET and the index number of search space.
  • the parameters included in the PDCCH-Config can be used to detect a candidate downlink control channel (Physical Downlink Control Channel, PDCCH).
  • CORESET can be called the control resource set, that is, the time-frequency resources of CORESET, such as the size of the resource block occupied by the frequency domain, the number of symbols occupied by the time domain, etc .; it can also be called the control resource set configuration parameter, which refers to the signaling configuration. Related parameters are used to obtain CORESET time-frequency resources.
  • the search space may be referred to as a search space configuration parameter, that is, a parameter related to signaling configuration, used to obtain when and in what manner a candidate or possible PDCCH is searched; the search space may also directly refer to a place where a candidate PDCCH is detected, Or where testing is needed.
  • the downlink control information configuration information may also be a downlink control channel configuration parameter group (Physical Downlink Control Channel Config group, PDCCH-Config group), a control resource set configuration parameter group (CORESET group), or a search space configuration parameter group (search space group).
  • the downlink control channel configuration parameter group may include one or more downlink control channel configuration parameters or an index number of a downlink control channel configuration parameter;
  • the control resource set configuration parameter group may include one or more control resource set configuration parameters or control resource sets.
  • the index number of the configuration parameter; the search space configuration parameter group may include one or more search space configuration parameters or the index number of the search space configuration parameter.
  • the downlink control parameter may be a parameter in downlink control information (DCI) or a parameter related to the parameter in downlink control information.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the parameter in the downlink control information may be an antenna port or an antenna port index number; and the parameter in the downlink control information (such as an antenna
  • the parameters related to the port antenna port or antenna port index number may be demodulation parameter signal (Demodulation Reference Signal, DMRS) port parameters.
  • the DMRS port parameter may be a DMRS port, a DMRS port index number, a DMRS port identification code, a DMRS port group index number, or a DMRS port group identification code.
  • the relationship between the antenna port index number, the DMRS port, and the antenna port may be as follows:
  • the terminal device can obtain the DMRS port based on the antenna port index number in the DCI, and then use the DMRS port to obtain the antenna port.
  • the DCI indicates the antenna port or antenna port index number.
  • the terminal device may also obtain a DMRS port index number, a DMRS port identification code, a DMRS port group, a DMRS port group index number, or a DMRS port group identification code based on the antenna port or antenna port index number.
  • the downlink control parameter when the downlink control parameter is a parameter in the downlink control information, the downlink control parameter may be a parameter related to a transport block (TB).
  • the TB-related parameters may be Modulation Coding Scheme (MCS) parameters for configuring the modulation order and code rate, and are used to indicate new transmission or retransmission new data indication (New Data Indicator, NDI). ) Parameter, and a version number (Redundancy version, RV) parameter used to indicate the current transmission.
  • MCS Modulation Coding Scheme
  • the scrambling identifier configured by the communication device is associated with downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters. That is, the network device or terminal device determines the scrambling identifier according to the downlink control configuration information of the downlink control information or the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control parameter contained in the downlink control information.
  • the communication device configures multiple scrambling identifiers for the terminal device.
  • the terminal device uses at least two scrambling identifiers to obtain different scrambling sequences, thereby avoiding the non-coherence when only one scrambling identifier is configured for the same terminal device.
  • the scrambling sequence obtained in the joint transmission is the same, resulting in the problem that interference randomization cannot be achieved. That is to say, the embodiment of the present application can ensure that the scrambling identifier configured for the terminal device is associated with downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters, thereby achieving interference randomization in non-coherent transmission.
  • the communication device sends multiple scrambled identifiers to the terminal device, which may be: the communication device carries the scrambled identifiers in the data channel configuration information and sends them to the terminal device.
  • the scrambling identifiers carried in different data channel configuration information are different.
  • the data channel configuration information may be physical uplink shared channel configuration information (Physical Uplink, Shared Channel Config, PUSCH-Config) or physical downlink shared channel configuration information (Physical Downlink, Shared Channel Config, PUSCH-Config).
  • the communication device sends the one or more scrambled identifications to a terminal device, including: the communication device carries the one or more scrambled identifications in a data channel configuration. The message is sent to the terminal device.
  • the network device or the terminal device may calculate the scrambling identifier based on the configured scrambling identifier in combination with a preset calculation.
  • the rule generates one or more other scrambling identities.
  • an association relationship between the scrambling identifier and downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters is predefined, or is controlled by radio resource control RRC signaling, downlink control information DCI signaling, and At least one of the MAC-CE signaling is configured.
  • an association relationship between the scrambling identifier and downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters may be configured in an explicit configuration manner, or may be configured in an implicit configuration manner.
  • the explicit configuration mode refers to a configuration in which signaling is configured or an explicit predefined relationship between each scrambling identifier and each downlink control information configuration information or each downlink control parameter.
  • the signaling is configured with a corresponding relationship between each scrambling identifier or each scrambling identifier index and each downlink control information configuration information or each downlink control information configuration information, such as a correspondence table; or Let the configured correspondence relationship between each scrambling identifier or each scrambling identifier and the index number of each downlink control parameter or each downlink control parameter, such as a correspondence table.
  • each scrambling identifier and each downlink control information configuration information or each downlink control parameter is clearly predefined as: the downlink control information configuration information is relatively small or the index number of the downlink control information configuration information is relatively small Associated with a relatively small scrambling identifier or a relatively small index number of the scrambling identifier; or, a relatively small downlink control information configuration information or a relatively small index number of the downlink control information configuration information
  • the index number of the scramble identifier is relatively large; or, the index number of the downlink control parameter is relatively small or the index number of the downlink control parameter is relatively small and the index number of the scramble identifier is relatively small; or ,
  • a relatively small downlink control parameter or a relatively small index number of the downlink control parameter is associated with a relatively large scrambling identifier or a relatively large scrambling identifier.
  • the index number of each scrambling identifier arranged in descending order or each scrambling identifier arranged in descending order corresponds to the index number of each downlink control information configuration information arranged in descending order or each downlink control information configuration information arranged in descending order; or, The index number of each scrambling identifier arranged in ascending order or each scrambling identifier arranged in ascending order corresponds to the index number of each downlink control information configuration information arranged in descending order or each downlink control information configuration information arranged in descending order; or The index number of the scrambling identifier or each scrambling identifier arranged in descending order corresponds to the index number of each downlink control parameter arranged in descending order or each descending control parameter arranged in descending order; or, each scramble identifier or ascending order arranged in ascending order The index number of the scrambling identifier corresponds to the index number of each downlink control parameter arranged in descending order or each downlink control parameter arranged in descending order.
  • the communication device when configured with a scramble identifier, based on the configured scramble identifier and one or more other scramble identifiers generated by a preset calculation rule, the configured scramble identifier and other generated scramble identifiers may be adopted.
  • the predefined fixed rules are as follows to determine the association relationship:
  • multiple DCIs sent by the network side may be divided into primary and secondary, where the primary DCI contains more parameters or indication information than the secondary DCI.
  • the downlink control parameter or downlink control information configuration information corresponding to the primary DCI is associated with the scrambling identifier configured by the communication device; the downlink control parameter or downlink control information configuration information corresponding to the secondary DCI is associated with the generated scrambling identifier.
  • the association relationship configured in the implicit configuration manner described above may be adopted to further determine the association between each generated scrambled identifier and each downlink control parameter or each downlink control information configuration information. relationship.
  • the main DCI may also be a DCI containing one or some specific parameters, for example, the specific parameters may be carrier indication information (Carrier indication), partial bandwidth indication information (Bandwidth, partial indication), and rate matching indication information (rate matching matching indication). ), Zero power channel state information reference signal trigger information (zero power channel-state information-reference signal trigger, ZP CSI-RS trigger); correspondingly, the auxiliary DCI may be a DCI that does not include one or some specific parameters, such as , Not including the specific parameters described above.
  • the specific parameters may be carrier indication information (Carrier indication), partial bandwidth indication information (Bandwidth, partial indication), and rate matching indication information (rate matching matching indication).
  • the auxiliary DCI may be a DCI that does not include one or some specific parameters, such as , Not including the specific parameters described above.
  • the primary DCI may be associated with a scrambling identifier configured by the communication device
  • the secondary DCI may be associated with a scrambling identifier generated by the terminal device
  • a larger downlink control information configuration information or a larger index number of the downlink control information configuration information may be associated with a scrambling identifier configured by the communication device; or a larger downlink control parameter Or, a larger index number of the downlink control parameter is associated with the scrambling identifier configured by the communication device.
  • the downlink control information configuration information is smaller or the index number of the downlink control information configuration information is smaller, it may be associated with the generated scrambling identifier; or the downlink control parameter is smaller or the index number of the downlink control parameter is smaller and generated. Scrambled identifier.
  • the downlink control information configuration information is small or the index number of the downlink control information configuration information is small and can be associated with the scrambling identifier configured by the communication device; or the downlink control parameter is small or the downlink control The smaller index number of the parameter is associated with the scrambling identifier configured by the communication device.
  • a larger downlink control information configuration information or a larger index number of the downlink control information configuration information may be associated with the generated scrambling identifier; or a larger downlink control parameter or a larger index number of the downlink control parameter is generated and generated. Scrambled identifier.
  • association relationship configured in the implicit configuration mode described below can be used to further determine the relationship between each generated scrambled identifier and each downlink control parameter or each downlink control information configuration information. connection relation.
  • each scrambling identifier and each downlink control information configuration information or each downlink control parameter is configured by implicit configuration, which means that there is no corresponding instruction information to clearly indicate the association relationship between them or to explicitly predefine them. To the relationship between them, but it can be agreed to include the relationship between each other to obtain the relationship between them.
  • the downlink control information configuration information of the signaling configuration includes a scramble identifier or a scramble identifier index number
  • the scramble identifier or the scramble identifier corresponding to the scramble identifier index number may be used as the downlink control information configuration information.
  • Associated scrambling identifier the downlink control information configuration information of the signaling configuration includes both the downlink control parameter or the index number of the downlink control parameter and the scrambling identifier or the scrambling identifier index number, and the scrambling identifier or the scrambling identifier index number is corresponding to The scrambling identifier is used as the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control parameter.
  • the scrambling identifier or a scrambling identifier corresponding to the scrambling identifier index number is used as a scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control parameter.
  • the scrambling identification parameter configured by the signaling includes both the downlink control parameter or the index number of the downlink control parameter, and the scrambling identification or the scrambling identification index number, the scrambling identification included in the scrambling identification parameter, or The scrambling identifier corresponding to the scrambling identifier index number of the suffix is used as the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control parameter.
  • the data channel configuration information where the scrambling identifier is located is associated with downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters.
  • the association relationship between the data channel configuration information and the downlink control information configuration information or the downlink control parameters is predefined, or through radio resource control (RRC) signaling and downlink control.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • At least one of information (Downlink control information, DCI) signaling and media access control layer control element (MAC-CE) signaling is configured.
  • association relationship between the data channel configuration information and the downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters may be configured in an explicit configuration manner, or may be configured in an implicit configuration manner.
  • the explicit configuration mode refers to the configuration that has corresponding indication information to indicate the association relationship between them, or the association relationship between them is predefined.
  • the correspondence between the data channel configuration information or the index number of each data channel configuration information and the index number of each downlink control information configuration information or each downlink control information configuration information is configured in the signaling configuration, such as Correspondence table, or the correspondence between the data channel configuration information or the index number of each data channel configuration information and the index number of each downlink control parameter or each downlink control parameter is configured in the signaling, such as a correspondence table.
  • each data channel configuration information is larger or the data channel configuration information has a larger index number.
  • the downlink control information configuration information is larger or the index number of the downlink control information configuration information is larger; or, the data channel configuration information is smaller or the index number of the data channel configuration information is smaller than the downlink control information configuration information.
  • the index number of each data channel configuration information arranged in descending order or each data channel configuration information arranged in descending order corresponds to the index number of each downlink control information configuration information arranged in descending order or each downlink control information configuration information arranged in descending order;
  • the index number of each data channel configuration information in ascending order or each data channel configuration information in ascending order corresponds to the index number of each downlink control information configuration information in descending order or each downlink control information configuration information in descending order; or
  • the index number of each data channel configuration information in descending order or each data channel configuration information in descending order corresponds to the index number of each downlink control parameter in descending order or each downlink control parameter in descending order; or each data channel in ascending order
  • the configuration information or the index number of each data channel configuration information arranged in ascending order corresponds to the index number of each downlink control parameter arranged in descending order or each downlink control parameter arranged in descending order.
  • the implicit configuration means that there is no corresponding indication information or predefined definition to clearly indicate the association relationship between them, but it is possible to stipulate, for example, a mutually contained relationship to obtain the association relationship between them.
  • the downlink control information configuration information of the signaling configuration includes data channel configuration information or an index number of the data channel configuration information, then the data channel configuration information or the data channel configuration information corresponding to the index number and the downlink control information configuration information There is an association relationship between them; or the structure or configuration information of the signaling configuration contains both the data channel configuration information or the index number of the data channel configuration information, and the downlink control parameter or the index number of the downlink control parameter, the data There is an association relationship between the channel configuration information or the data channel configuration information corresponding to the index number of the data channel configuration information and the downlink control parameter or the downlink control parameter corresponding to the index number of the downlink control parameter.
  • the present application also provides a data scrambling method, where the data scrambling method is described on a network device side.
  • the data scrambling method may include: a network device determines downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters; the network device determines the downlink control information configuration information or a scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control parameters; and the network device uses The scrambling identifier scrambles or descrambles data; the data is data corresponding to downlink control information; the downlink control information is downlink control information carried by a downlink control channel obtained based on the downlink control information configuration information, Either downlink control information including the downlink control parameter, or downlink control information including parameters related to the downlink control parameter; the downlink control parameter is a parameter included in the downlink control information or is included in the downlink control information Parameters related to the parameter, the downlink control information configuration information is parameter information used to obtain a downlink control channel.
  • the scrambling identifiers associated with different downlink control information configuration information or different downlink control parameters are different.
  • the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control information configuration information is: a scrambling identifier contained in the downlink control information configuration information or a scrambling identifier corresponding to a contained scrambling identifier index number;
  • the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control parameter is: the scrambling identifier contained in the downlink control information configuration information including the downlink control parameter or the scrambling identifier corresponding to the included scrambling identifier index number; or
  • the scrambling identification associated with the downlink control parameter is: the scrambling identification contained in the downlink control parameter or the scrambling identification corresponding to the scrambling identification index number; or, the scrambling identification associated with the downlink control parameter is: including the scrambling identification The scrambling identification contained in the scrambling identification parameter of the downlink control parameter or the scrambling identification corresponding to the included scrambling identification index number.
  • the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control information configuration information is: a scrambling identifier or a scrambling identifier included in the data channel configuration information associated with the downlink control information configuration information.
  • the scrambling identifier corresponding to the index number; or the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control parameter is: the scrambling identifier contained in the data channel configuration information associated with the downlink control parameter or the scrambling identifier corresponding to the included scrambling identifier index number Disturb identification.
  • the present application also provides a data scrambling method.
  • the data scrambling method is described on the terminal device side.
  • the data scrambling method includes: the terminal device determines communication device configuration and downlink control information configuration information or downlink control. One scrambling identifier associated with a parameter; or a plurality of scrambling identifiers associated with different downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters; the terminal device uses downlink control information configuration information or a scrambling identifier associated with a downlink control parameter Scrambling identification, scrambling or descrambling data; the data is data scheduled by downlink control information; the downlink control information is downlink control information carried by a downlink control channel obtained based on the downlink control information configuration information, or The downlink control information including the downlink control parameters, or the downlink control information including parameters related to the downlink control parameters; the downlink control information configuration information is parameter information for obtaining a downlink control channel; the downlink control The parameter is a parameter contained in the downlink control information or is related to
  • the scrambling identifier is associated with downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters.
  • the terminal device can identify the corresponding scrambling identifier based on the downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters. For example, in non-coherent joint transmission of multiple DCIs, each network device can use different downlink control information configuration information or different scrambling identifiers corresponding to downlink control parameters to transmit data.
  • the terminal device can identify each downlink control information configuration information or The scrambling identifier corresponding to the downlink control parameter, so that at least two scrambling identifiers can be used to obtain different scrambling sequences, which avoids that the terminal device is configured with only a unique scrambling identifier.
  • the resulting scrambling sequence is the same, resulting in non-coherent association The purpose of randomization of interference cannot be achieved during transmission.
  • the determining, by the terminal device, multiple scrambling identifiers associated with different downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters configured by the communication device includes: the terminal device receiving multiple Multiple data channel configuration information is used to determine multiple scrambling identifiers associated with different downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters from the multiple data channel configuration information, where each data channel configuration information includes one Disturb identification.
  • the scrambling identifiers carried in different data channel configuration information are different.
  • the terminal device determines a scrambling identifier configured by the communication device and associated with downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters; or configured with different downlink control information configuration information or downlink control
  • the multiple scrambling identifiers associated with the parameters include: after receiving the data channel configuration information sent by the communication device, the terminal device determines a scramble associated with the downlink control information configuration information or the downlink control parameter from the data channel configuration information. Identifiers; or multiple scrambling identifiers configured in association with different downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters.
  • the method further includes: generating, by the terminal device, one or more based on the configured scrambling identifier and a preset calculation rule. Other scrambled identities. In this way, it is possible to reduce the signaling overhead compared to the above-mentioned embodiment.
  • the data channel configuration information where each scrambling identifier is located is associated with downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters; the association relationship between each data channel configuration information and downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters is a pre- It is defined or configured by at least one of radio resource control RRC signaling, downlink control information DCI signaling, and MAC-CE signaling.
  • each predefined relationship between data channel configuration information and downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters, or signaling, such as RRC signaling, DCI signaling, or MAC-CE signaling, is configured for each
  • signaling such as RRC signaling, DCI signaling, or MAC-CE signaling
  • an association relationship between the scrambling identifier and the downlink control information configuration information or the downlink control parameter is predefined, or RRC signaling and downlink are controlled through radio resources.
  • the control information is configured by at least one of DCI signaling and MAC-CE signaling.
  • the pre-defined association relationship between the scrambling identifier and the downlink control information configuration information or the downlink control parameters, or signaling (such as in RRC signaling, DCI signaling, and MAC-CE signaling)
  • signaling such as in RRC signaling, DCI signaling, and MAC-CE signaling
  • the association between the scrambling identifier configured in the implicit configuration mode and the downlink control information configuration information or the downlink control parameter may also be referred to in the implicit configuration mode described in the first aspect.
  • the relevant content is not detailed here.
  • the data channel configuration information where the scrambling identifier is located is associated with downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters; the data channel configuration information is related to the downlink control information configuration information or the The association relationship between the downlink control parameters is predefined, or configured through at least one of radio resource control RRC signaling, downlink control information DCI signaling, and media access control layer control element MAC-CE signaling. .
  • association relationship between the predefined data channel configuration information and the downlink control information configuration information or the downlink control parameters, or signaling (such as in RRC signaling, DCI signaling, and MAC-CE signaling)
  • signaling such as in RRC signaling, DCI signaling, and MAC-CE signaling
  • association between the data channel configuration information configured in the implicit configuration mode and the downlink control information configuration information or the downlink control parameters may also be referred to in the implicit configuration mode described in the first aspect.
  • the relevant content mentioned above will not be detailed here.
  • the terminal device scrambling or descrambling data by using downlink control information configuration information or a scrambling identifier associated with downlink control parameters includes: determining, by the terminal device, downlink control information configuration information or downlink control. Parameters; the terminal device determines a scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control information configuration information or a scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control parameter; and the terminal device uses the scrambling identifier to scramble or descramble data.
  • the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control information configuration information is: a scrambling identifier or a scrambling identifier index included in the data channel configuration information associated with the downlink control information configuration information.
  • the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control parameter; or the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control parameter is: the scrambling identifier contained in the data channel configuration information associated with the downlink control parameter or the scrambling corresponding to the included scrambling identifier index number Logo.
  • the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control information configuration information is: the scrambling identifier contained in the downlink control information configuration information or the scrambling identifier corresponding to the included scrambling identifier index number;
  • the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control parameter is: a scrambling identifier contained in the downlink control information configuration information including the downlink control parameter or a scrambling identifier corresponding to the included scrambling identifier index number;
  • the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control parameter is: a scrambling identifier or a scrambling identifier corresponding to a scrambling identifier index number included in the downlink control parameter;
  • the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control parameter is: the scrambling identifier contained in the scrambling identifier parameter containing the downlink control parameter or the scrambling identifier corresponding to the contained scrambling identifier index number.
  • the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control information configuration information may be obtained through a correspondence relationship between the predefined or signaling configured downlink control information configuration information and the scrambling identifier, or through a predefined definition. And the corresponding relationship between the downlink control information configuration information and data channel configuration information configured by or signaling configuration. Or the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control parameter may be based on the correspondence between the predefined or signaling configured downlink control parameter and the scrambling identifier, or the predefined control or signaling configured downlink control parameter and data channel configuration information. Correspondence between.
  • the terminal equipment has different capabilities, and the scrambling identifiers configured by the network equipment for the terminal equipment may also be different.
  • the capability of a terminal device refers to whether the terminal device supports non-coherent transmission of multiple DCIs, or whether it supports the reception of two DCIs at the same time unit (for example, a slot slot), or whether it supports multiple configured DCIs.
  • the scrambling identifier is either configured with multiple data channel configuration information or with multiple downlink control information configuration information.
  • a terminal device does not support non-coherent transmission of multiple DCIs, the terminal device is not expected to be configured with multiple scrambling flags. At this time, the network device can only configure one scramble for the terminal device. Identification, and the terminal device does not expect the scrambling identification to be associated with downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters.
  • the terminal device may configure a scrambling identifier for the terminal device, and the scrambling identifier does not have an association relationship with other configuration parameters.
  • the terminal device does not support non-coherent transmission of multiple DCIs, but does not place any restrictions on the network device, that is, the network device can still use the above optional embodiment to configure multiple terminal devices.
  • the terminal device may select a scrambling identifier from the preset rules. For example, the preset rule selects the scramble identifier associated with the downlink control information configuration information or the downlink control information configuration information with a smaller index number for the terminal device; or selects a smaller downlink control parameter or index number with a lower index number for the terminal device.
  • the scrambling identifier associated with a small downlink control parameter or when the network equipment is configured with a scrambling identifier, and other scrambling identifiers are generated based on the configured scrambling identifier and a preset calculation rule, the terminal device selects the configured scrambling identifier or Select the generated scramble flag.
  • the terminal device does not support non-coherent transmission of multiple DCIs, but does not place any restrictions on the network device, that is, the network device can still use the above optional embodiment to configure multiple terminal devices.
  • the terminal device supports multiple DCI non-coherent transmissions.
  • the terminal device When the network device is configured with only one scrambling identifier, the terminal device does not expect the scrambling identifier and downlink control information configuration information or For the association relationship between the downlink control parameters, the terminal device directly uses the configured scrambling identifier to perform scrambling or descrambling.
  • the terminal device does not limit the above-mentioned association relationship, the terminal device may still use the association relationship and the scrambling identifier to perform scrambling or descrambling.
  • the terminal device supports multiple DCI non-coherent transmissions, and the network device configures multiple scrambling identities for the terminal device, then:
  • the terminal device or the network device selects the scrambling identifier based on the association relationship according to the previous embodiment.
  • the terminal device may use a preset rule to select the one scrambling identifier. For example, the preset rule selects the scramble identifier associated with the downlink control information configuration information or the downlink control information configuration information with a smaller index number for the terminal device; or selects a smaller downlink control parameter or index number with a lower index number for the terminal device.
  • the terminal device does not expect to be configured with multiple scrambling flags, that is, the terminal device can only be configured with one Scrambling identification, if at this time the terminal device does not expect to be configured with an association between the scrambling identification and downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters, the network device only needs to configure a scrambling identification for the terminal device, and the terminal device uses The scrambling flag is scrambled or descrambled. If the terminal device does not expect to be configured with multiple scrambling identities, and there is no restriction on the association relationship, the scrambling identities configured by the network device for the terminal device may still retain the association relationship.
  • the terminal device is notified that it is not in a multi-DCI non-relevant transmission scenario, indicating that the terminal device will not be in this scenario at this time; if the terminal device is notified that it is in a multi-DCI non-coherent transmission scenario, it indicates that the terminal device is likely It may or may not be in this scene, but it does not mean that the meeting is always in this scene.
  • the above-mentioned optional implementation based on the capabilities of the terminal device is to take care that the determination of the scrambling identifier changes according to different capabilities of the terminal device or different scenarios in which the terminal device is currently located. , Which is conducive to ensuring the integrity of the solution when this application is implemented.
  • the communication equipment, network equipment, and terminal equipment described in the first to third aspects of the present application may be located in the same communication system, and a scrambling identifier configured by the communication equipment is configured with downlink control information or downlink control parameters. Associated; or configured multiple scrambling identities are associated with different downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters.
  • the scrambling identifiers associated with different downlink control information configuration information or different downlink control parameters may have the same value. For example, when multiple transmission and receiving points send the same data to the same terminal device, the same data can improve the Lu. It is excellent because it does not need to consider the problem of randomization of interference, so the values of the scrambling flags used by multiple transmission and receiving points can be the same.
  • the values of the scrambling flags associated with different downlink control information configuration information or different downlink control parameters may be different. For example, when multiple transmission and receiving points send different data to the same terminal device, interference randomization needs to be considered. The problem is that the values of the scrambling flags used by multiple transmission and reception points may be different.
  • the solution described in the embodiment of the present application can configure one scrambling identifier or multiple scrambling identifiers in combination with the capabilities of the terminal device and the communication scenario, and the association relationship between the scrambling identifiers need not be changed, that is, the configuration of the entire communication system
  • the architecture is unchanged, so that the communication system can be smoothly transitioned to multiple scrambling identification application scenarios to solve the problem of interference randomization in non-coherent joint transmission scenarios.
  • the present application further provides a communication device that has some or all of the functions of the communication device in the above method examples.
  • the functions of the communication device may have the functions of some or all of the embodiments in this application. It may also have the function of implementing any one of the embodiments in this application separately.
  • the functions may be implemented by hardware, and may also be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the functions described above.
  • the structure of the communication device may include a configuration unit and a sending unit, and the configuration unit is configured to support the communication device to perform a corresponding function in the foregoing method.
  • the sending unit is configured to support communication between a communication device and other devices.
  • the communication device may further include a storage unit, which is configured to be coupled with the configuration unit and the sending unit, and stores program instructions and data necessary for the communication device.
  • the configuration unit may be a processor
  • the sending unit may be a transceiver
  • the storage unit may be a memory.
  • the present application further provides a network device that has some or all of the functions of the network device in the above method examples.
  • the functions of the network device may have the functions of some or all of the embodiments in this application. It may also have the function of implementing any one of the embodiments in this application separately.
  • the functions may be implemented by hardware, and may also be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the functions described above.
  • the structure of the network device may include a determining unit and a processing unit, and the determining unit and the processing unit are configured to support the network device to perform a corresponding function in the foregoing method.
  • the network device may further include a communication unit for supporting communication between the network device and other devices, such as sending scrambled data or receiving data to be descrambled.
  • the network device may further include a storage unit, which is configured to be coupled with the determination unit and the processing unit, and stores program instructions and data necessary for the network device.
  • the processing unit and the determining unit may be processors
  • the communication unit may be a transceiver
  • the storage unit may be a memory.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal device that has some or all of the functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method example.
  • the functions of the terminal device may be provided in some or all of the embodiments in this application.
  • the function may also have the function of individually implementing any one of the embodiments in the present application.
  • the functions may be implemented by hardware, and may also be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the functions described above.
  • the structure of the terminal device includes a processing unit and a determining unit, and the determining unit and the processing unit are configured to support the terminal device to perform a corresponding function in the foregoing method.
  • the terminal device may further include a communication unit for supporting communication between the terminal device and other devices.
  • the terminal device may further include a storage unit, which is configured to be coupled with the processing unit, the determination unit, and the communication unit, and stores program instructions and data necessary for the terminal device.
  • the determination unit and the processing unit may be processors
  • the communication unit may be a transceiver
  • the storage unit may be a memory.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a communication system, which includes at least one communication device, at least one network device, and at least one terminal device in the foregoing aspects.
  • the system may further include other devices that interact with the terminal device, the network device, or the communication device in the solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a computer storage medium for storing computer software instructions used by the foregoing network device, which includes a program designed to execute any aspect of the foregoing methods.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a computer storage medium for storing computer software instructions used by the terminal device, which includes a program designed to execute any aspect of the foregoing method.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product including instructions that, when run on a computer, causes the computer to perform the methods described in the above aspects.
  • the present application provides a chip system that includes a processor for supporting functions involved in the foregoing aspects of a communication device or a network device, for example, determining or processing data involved in the foregoing method and / Or information.
  • the chip system further includes a memory, and the memory is configured to store program instructions and data necessary for the network device.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, and may also include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the present application provides a chip system including a processor, which is configured to support a terminal device to implement the functions involved in the foregoing aspects, for example, to generate or process data and / or information involved in the foregoing methods.
  • the chip system further includes a memory, and the memory is configured to store program instructions and data necessary for the terminal device.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, and may also include chips and other discrete devices.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of cooperative transmission of multiple transmission receiving points according to an embodiment of the present application
  • 2a-2c are schematic diagrams of a scrambling identifier configuration method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 3a-3c are schematic diagrams of another scrambling identifier configuration method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 4a-4b are schematic diagrams of another scrambling identifier configuration method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 5a to 5c are schematic diagrams of another scrambling identifier configuration manner provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 6a to 6d are schematic diagrams of another scrambling identifier configuration method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7a to 7b are schematic diagrams of another scrambling identifier configuration mode provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a data scrambling method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of another network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of another device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a scrambling identifier. Scrambling identification configuration method, data scrambling method and related equipment.
  • GSM Global System for Mobile Communications
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA wideband code Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • TD-SCDMA Time Division Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access
  • Universal Mobile Telecommunications System Universal Mobile Telecommunications System, Abbreviation: UMTS
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • New Radio New Radio, Abbreviation: NR
  • D2D device-to-device
  • M2M machine-to-machine
  • the network equipment involved in this application may refer to an entity used to send or receive information on the network side, such as a base station, or a transmission point (TP), a transmission point and a reception point.
  • TRP transmission point
  • the communication device involved in this application may be a centralized control module or another network device.
  • the communication device can configure a scrambling identifier associated with downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters for the terminal device; or configure multiple scrambling identifiers associated with different downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters.
  • the communication device and the network device may be the same device or different devices.
  • a terminal device is a device with a communication function, which may include a handheld device with a wireless communication function, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, a computing device, or other processing devices connected to a wireless modem, and the like.
  • Terminal equipment can be called different names in different networks, for example: terminal (terminal), user equipment (abbreviation: UE), mobile station, subscriber unit, relay (relay), station, cellular phone, personal digital Assistants, wireless modems, wireless communication devices, handheld devices, laptops, cordless phones, wireless local loop stations, etc.
  • the terminal device may refer to a wireless terminal or a wired terminal.
  • the wireless terminal can be a device that provides voice and / or data connectivity to the user, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or other processing equipment connected to a wireless modem, which can be accessed via a wireless access network (such as RAN, radio access network) to communicate with one or more core networks.
  • a wireless access network such as RAN, radio access network
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of coordinated transmission of multiple transmission and receiving points provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1 uses network devices TRP1 and TRP2 as the terminal device to transmit data as an example.
  • the initial state of the scrambling sequence used for data scrambling is:
  • c init n RNTI ⁇ 2 15 + q ⁇ 2 14 + n ID
  • n RNTI is a wireless network temporary identifier during PDSCH / PUSCH transmission
  • n ID is the unique scrambling identifier (also called scrambling ID) configured for the terminal device by the signaling.
  • the communication device may configure one scrambling identifier associated with downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters; or configure multiple scrambling identifiers associated with different downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters,
  • the downlink control information configuration information is parameter information for obtaining a downlink control channel; the downlink control parameters are parameters included in the downlink control information or parameters related to parameters included in the downlink control information; and the one or more A scramble identifier is sent to the terminal device.
  • the network device may determine downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters; and then determine the downlink control information configuration information or the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control parameter; the network device uses the The scrambling identifier scrambles or descrambles the data; correspondingly, the terminal device determines a scrambling identifier configured by the communication device and associated with downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters; or a configuration configured with different downlink control information Multiple scrambling identifiers associated with the information or downlink control parameters; the terminal device may use the downlink control information configuration information or the scrambling identifiers associated with the downlink control parameters to scramble or descramble the data.
  • the scrambling identifiers associated with different downlink control information configuration information or different downlink control parameters may be different; the data is data corresponding to the downlink control information; and the downlink control information is based on the downlink control information
  • the downlink control information carried in the downlink control channel obtained by the configuration information is either downlink control information containing the downlink control parameters or downlink control information containing parameters related to the downlink control parameters.
  • the terminal device can identify the downlink control information configuration information corresponding to each DCI or the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control parameters, and scramble or descramble the data; avoiding
  • problems caused by only configuring a scrambling identifier for a terminal device such as a problem that randomization of interference cannot be achieved in unrelated joint transmission.
  • the downlink control information configuration information refers to parameter information used to obtain a downlink control channel, and the network device side may send multiple downlink control information configuration information to the terminal through signaling.
  • the downlink control information configuration information may also be referred to as a downlink control information configuration field, a downlink control information information element (IE), and the like.
  • the downlink control information configuration information may be a downlink control channel configuration parameter (Physical Downlink Control Channel Config, PDCCH-Config), a control resource set configuration parameter (Control Resource Sets, CORESET), or a search space (search space) configuration parameter.
  • the PDCCH-Config may include control resources, sets, and search spaces.
  • the parameters included in the PDCCH-Config are used to detect candidate downlink control channels (Physical Downlink Control Channels, PDCCHs).
  • CORESET can be called the control resource set, that is, the time-frequency resources of CORESET, such as the size of the resource block occupied by the frequency domain, the number of symbols occupied by the time domain, etc .; it can also be called the control resource set configuration parameter, which refers to the signaling configuration.
  • the search space may be referred to as a search space configuration parameter, that is, a parameter related to signaling configuration, used to obtain when and in what manner a candidate or possible PDCCH is searched; the search space may also directly refer to a place where a candidate PDCCH is detected, Or where testing is needed.
  • the downlink control information configuration information may also be a downlink control channel configuration parameter group (Physical Downlink Control Channel Config group, PDCCH-Config group), a control resource set configuration parameter group (CORESET group), or a search space configuration parameter group (search space configuration group). ).
  • the downlink control channel configuration parameter group may include one or more downlink control channel configuration parameters or an index number of a downlink control channel configuration parameter;
  • the control resource set configuration parameter group may include one or more control resource set configuration parameters or control resource sets.
  • the index number of the configuration parameter; the search space configuration parameter group may include one or more search space configuration parameters or the index number of the search space configuration parameter.
  • the downlink control parameter is a parameter included in the downlink control information or a parameter related to a parameter included in the downlink control information.
  • the parameter in the downlink control information may be an antenna port or an antenna port index number, and a parameter in the downlink control information (such as an antenna
  • the parameters related to the port antenna port or antenna port index number may be demodulation parameter signal (Demodulation Reference Signal, DMRS) port parameters.
  • the DMRS port parameter may be a DMRS port, a DMRS port index number, a DMRS port identification code, a DMRS port group index number, or a DMRS port group identification code.
  • the relationship between the antenna port index number, the DMRS port, and the antenna port can be: the terminal device can obtain the DMRS port based on the antenna port index number, and then can use the DMRS port to obtain the antenna port.
  • antenna port 1000 + DMRS port in the downlink system
  • antenna port DMRS port in the uplink system.
  • the DCI indicates the antenna port or antenna port index number.
  • the terminal device may also obtain a DMRS port index number, a DMRS port identification code, a DMRS port group, a DMRS port group index number, or a DMRS port group identification code based on the antenna port or antenna port index number.
  • the network device or terminal device can obtain the DMRS port according to the determined antenna port or antenna port index number in the DCI; the terminal device or network device Use the scrambling identifier associated with the DMRS port to scramble or descramble the data corresponding to the determined DCI. If the signaling is configured with the association relationship between the DMRS port group and the scrambling identifier, the network device or terminal device needs to determine the DMRS port to which the DMRS port belongs after deriving the DMRS port based on the antenna port or antenna port index number. Group, select the scrambling identifier associated with the DMRS port group to scramble or descramble the data.
  • the downlink control parameter when the downlink control parameter is a parameter in the downlink control information, the downlink control parameter may be a parameter related to a transport block (TB).
  • the TB-related parameters may be Modulation Coding Scheme (MCS) parameters for configuring the modulation order and code rate, and are used to indicate new transmission or retransmission new data indication (New Data Indicator, NDI). ) Parameter, a Redundancy Version (RV) parameter used to indicate the current transmission, and so on.
  • MCS Modulation Coding Scheme
  • NDI New Data Indicator
  • RV Redundancy Version
  • the communication device sends multiple scrambled identifiers to the terminal device, which may be: the communication device carries the scrambled identifiers in the data channel configuration information and sends them to the terminal device.
  • the scrambling identifiers carried in different data channel configuration information are different.
  • the data channel configuration information may be physical uplink shared channel configuration information (Physical Uplink, Shared Channel Config, PUSCH-Config) or physical downlink shared channel configuration information (Physical Downlink, Shared Channel Config, PUSCH-Config).
  • the communication device sends the one or more scrambled identifications to a terminal device, including: the communication device carries the one or more scrambled identifications in a data channel configuration. The message is sent to the terminal device.
  • the communication device is configured with a scrambling identifier
  • the communication device or the terminal device may generate one or more other scrambling identifiers based on the configured scrambling identifier in combination with a preset calculation rule.
  • an association relationship between the scrambling identifier and downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters is predefined, or is controlled by radio resource control RRC signaling, downlink control information DCI signaling, and At least one of the MAC-CE signaling is configured.
  • an association relationship between the scrambling identifier and downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters may be configured in an explicit configuration manner or in an implicit configuration manner.
  • the explicit configuration mode refers to the configuration that has corresponding indication information to indicate the association relationship between them, or the association relationship between them is predefined.
  • the implicit configuration means that there is no corresponding indication information or predefined definition to clearly indicate the association relationship between them, but it can be agreed, for example, that the relationship is included between each other to obtain the association relationship between them.
  • the data channel configuration information where the scrambling identifier is located is associated with downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters.
  • the association relationship between the data channel configuration information and the downlink control information configuration information or the downlink control parameters is predefined, or through radio resource control (RRC) signaling and downlink control.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • Information Downlink, control, information, DCI
  • MAC-CE media access control layer control element
  • association relationship between the data channel configuration information and the downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters may be configured in an explicit configuration manner, or may be configured in an implicit configuration manner.
  • the terminal device can learn the above-mentioned association relationship in a protocol-predefined manner, receiving the above-mentioned association relationship sent by signaling, and based on at least one of the above-mentioned implicit configuration mode or display configuration mode.
  • the larger or smaller described in this article refers to the downlink control information configuration information or the index number of the downlink control information configuration information determined by the network device or the terminal device.
  • the index numbers of the downlink control information configuration information are larger or smaller, and a threshold value may be used to determine whether the determined downlink control information configuration information or the downlink control information configuration information is larger or smaller.
  • the larger or smaller mentioned herein may also refer to the downlink control parameters or the index numbers of the downlink control parameters determined by the network device or the terminal device. Multiple downlink control parameters or multiple downlink controls configured in the signaling.
  • the index number of the parameter is larger or smaller, and a threshold value may be specifically used to determine whether the determined downlink control parameter or the index number of the downlink control parameter is larger or smaller.
  • the scramble identifier is smaller / larger, the index number of the scramble identifier is smaller / larger, the data channel configuration information is smaller / larger, or the data channel configuration information is smaller / larger The same is true, and will not be described in detail here.
  • each scrambling identifier or each scrambling identifier index number is configured in data channel configuration information such as PDSCH-Config / PUSCH-Config through signaling with the index number of each downlink control information configuration information or each downlink control information configuration information.
  • data channel configuration information such as PDSCH-Config / PUSCH-Config / PDCCH-Config
  • each scrambling identifier or each scrambling identifier index number and each downlink control is configured through signaling.
  • the network device or the terminal device determines the downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters, and uses the scrambling identifier corresponding to the downlink control configuration information or the scrambling identifier corresponding to the downlink control parameter to perform data scrambling or descrambling. .
  • the following row of control information configuration information is PDCCH-Config
  • the downlink control parameter is the DMRS port group index number or TB index number as an example.
  • FIG. 2a to FIG. 2c, and FIG. 2a to FIG. A schematic diagram of the scrambling identification configuration mode.
  • the PDSCH-Config / PUSCH-Config is configured with a corresponding relationship between each scrambling identification index number and each PDCCH-Config index number.
  • FIG. 2b a correspondence relationship between each scrambling identification index number and each DMRS port group index number configured in PDSCH-Config / PUSCH-Config / PDCCH-Config.
  • FIG. 2c the correspondence relationship between each scrambling identification index number and each TB index number configured in PDSCH-Config / PUSCH-Config / PDCCH-Config.
  • the downlink control information configuration information is PDCCH-Config.
  • the terminal device can detect the PDCCH-Config of the PDCCH based on multiple PDCCH-Configs configured by the network device, and records it as PDCCH-Config1. It is assumed that the UE detects PDCCH1 based on PDCCH-Config1. In this way, the terminal device can obtain the scrambling identifier corresponding to PDCCH-Config1 as scrambling identifier 1 based on the PDSCH-Config / PUSCH-Config shown in FIG. 2a configured by signaling.
  • the DCI carried by the PDCCH1 detected by the terminal device is recorded as DCI1, so the terminal device can use the scrambling identifier 1 to descramble downlink data scheduled by DCI1, or can use the scrambling identifier 1 to scramble uplink data scheduled by DCI1. .
  • the downlink control parameter is the DMRS port group index number
  • the parameter related to the DMRS port group index number in the downlink control information is the antenna port or the antenna port index number.
  • the DCI detected by the terminal device is recorded as DCI1; the terminal device obtains the corresponding DMRS port group index number as the DMRS port group 1 based on the antenna port index number carried by the DCI1; the terminal device is configured based on the signaling as shown in Figure 2b PDSCH-Config / PUSCH-Config, the scrambling identifier corresponding to DMRS port group 1 can be obtained as the scrambling identifier 1, so the terminal device can use the scrambling identifier 1 to descramble the downlink data scheduled by DCI1, or it can use the Scramble flag 1 scrambles uplink data scheduled by DCI1.
  • the downlink control parameter is the TB index number
  • the parameter related to the TB index number in the following line of control information is DCI format1_1 as an example.
  • DCI format1_1 there will be 2 TB configuration information, such as TB1 and TB2 .
  • the parameters corresponding to each TB are MCS, NDI, and RV.
  • DCI format1_1 supports enabling one TB and disabling the other TB.
  • the DCI detected by the terminal device is recorded as DCI1; the terminal device determines the enabled TB based on the configuration information of the TB in DCI format1_1 of the DCI1 and recorded as TB1;
  • the PDSCH-Config / PUSCH-Config shown in 2c can obtain the scrambling identifier corresponding to TB1 as the scrambling identifier 1, so the terminal device can use the scrambling identifier 1 to descramble the downlink data scheduled by DCI1, or it can use the scrambling identifier 1 Scramble flag 1 scrambles uplink data scheduled by DCI1.
  • the network device or terminal device determines downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters, it also needs to determine the downlink control information configuration information or the data channel configuration information associated with the downlink control parameters, and uses the scrambling identifier contained in the data channel configuration information to the data. Scramble or descramble.
  • FIGS. 3a to 3c are A schematic diagram of another scrambling identifier configuration method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • a PDSCH-Config index number and a PDCCH-Config index number are configured in a structure or configuration information.
  • the structure or configuration information may be a downlink dedicated partial bandwidth (BWP-Downlink Dedicated, BWP-Downlink Dedicated), or a partial bandwidth information element (bandwidth information element, BWP-information element).
  • a certain structure or configuration information (such as PDCCH-Config) is configured with a correspondence relationship between each PDSCH-Config index number and each DMRS port group index number.
  • a certain structure or configuration information (such as PDCCH-Config) is configured with a correspondence relationship between each PDSCH-Config index number and each TB index number.
  • the structure or configuration information is in a downlink exclusive partial bandwidth (BWP-Downlink Dedicated) or a partial bandwidth information element (BWP-information element).
  • BWP-Downlink Dedicated downlink exclusive partial bandwidth
  • BWP-information element partial bandwidth information element
  • the terminal device can detect the PDCCH Config-based PDCCH-Config1 based on multiple PDCCH-Configs configured by the network device. In this way, the terminal device is configured as shown in FIG. 3a based on the signaling configuration.
  • the PDSCH-Config associated with PDCCH-Config1 can be obtained and recorded as PDSCH-Config1.
  • the scrambling identifier contained in the PDSCH-Config1 is recorded as scramble identifier 1.
  • the DCI carried by the PDCCH detected by the terminal device is recorded as DCI1. Therefore, the terminal device can use the scrambling identifier 1 to descramble the downlink data scheduled by DCI1.
  • a downlink control parameter is a DMRS port group index number
  • a parameter related to the DMRS port group index number in the downlink control information is an antenna port or an antenna port index number.
  • the DCI carried by the PDCCH detected by the terminal device is recorded as DCI1; the terminal device obtains the corresponding DMRS port group index number based on the antenna port index number in the DCI1 and recorded as DMRS port group 1;
  • the structure shown in 3b can obtain the PDSCH-Config associated with the DMRS port group 1, and records it as PDSCH-Config1, so the terminal device can use the scrambling identifier 1 contained in PDSCH-Config1 to descramble the downlink data scheduled by DCI1.
  • the DCI detected by the terminal device is recorded as DCI1; the terminal device determines the enabled TB based on the configuration information of the TB in DCI format1_1 of the DCI1 and recorded as TB1; the terminal device is configured based on signaling as shown in Figure 3c
  • the structure shown can obtain the PDSCH-Config associated with TB1, which is denoted as PDSCH-Config1, so the terminal device can use the scrambling identifier 1 contained in PDSCH-Config1 to descramble the downlink data scheduled by DCI1.
  • the following row of control information configuration information is PDCCH-Config as an example.
  • the scrambling identifiers configured by the network device for the terminal device are scramble identifier 1, scramble identifier 2, and scramble identifier 3.
  • the PDCCH-Config configured for the terminal device is PDCCH.
  • the terminal device detects the PDCCH-Config of the PDCCH and records it as PDCCH-Config1.
  • the terminal device can determine the scrambling identifier corresponding to the PDCCH-Config1 as the scrambling identifier 1 according to the above-mentioned predefined rule, so the terminal device can use the The scrambling identifier 1 scrambles or descrambles the data scheduled by the DCI carried by the detected PDCCH.
  • the scrambling identifier configured by the network device for the terminal device is three.
  • the number may also be other numbers, such as two or more.
  • the ascending order of each scrambled identifier or the ascending order of each scrambled identifier and the descending order of each downlink control information configuration information or the descending order of each downlink control information configuration information corresponds.
  • the scrambling identifier and PDCCH-Config configured by the foregoing network device, scrambling identifier 1 is associated with PDCCH-Config3, scrambling identifier 2 is associated with PDCCH-Config2, and scrambling identifier 3 is associated with PDCCH-Config1.
  • the terminal device determines that the scrambling identifier corresponding to PDCCH-Config1 is a scrambling identifier 3, so the terminal device can use the scrambling identifier 3 to scramble or descramble the data scheduled by the DCI carried by the detected PDCCH.
  • the index numbers of the scrambling identifiers arranged in descending order or the scrambling identifiers arranged in the descending order correspond to the index numbers of the downlink control parameters arranged in the descending order or the downlink control parameters arranged in the descending order.
  • the following line control parameter is the DMRS port group index number as an example.
  • the scrambling identifiers configured by the network device for the terminal device are scrambling identifier 1, scrambling identifier 2 and scrambling identifier 3 respectively.
  • the DMRS port group configured for the terminal device For DMRS port group 1, DMRS port group 2, and DMRS port group 3, scramble identifier 3 is associated with DMRS port group 3, scramble identifier 2 is associated with DMRS port group 2, and scramble identifier 1 is associated with DMRS port group 1. Associated.
  • the DCI detected by the terminal device is recorded as DCI1; the terminal device obtains the corresponding DMRS port group according to the antenna port or the antenna port index number in the DCI1, that is, the DMRS port group 1, and the terminal device can according to the predefined rule It is determined that the scrambling identifier corresponding to the DMRS port group 1 is a scrambling identifier 1, so the terminal device can use the scrambling identifier 1 to scramble or descramble the data scheduled by DCI1.
  • the following line control parameter is the TB index number as an example.
  • the scrambling identifiers configured by the network device for the terminal device are respectively the scrambling identifier 1 and the scrambling identifier 2.
  • the scrambling is performed.
  • Identity 2 is associated with TB2
  • scrambled identity 1 is associated with TB1.
  • the DCI detected by the terminal device is recorded as DCI1; the terminal device obtains the enabled TB according to the parameters related to the TB in the DCI1; if the enabled TB is TB1, the terminal device can determine according to the predefined association relationship
  • the scrambling identifier corresponding to TB1 is a scrambling identifier 1, so the terminal device can use the scrambling identifier 1 to scramble or descramble the data scheduled by DCI1.
  • the index number of each scrambling identifier arranged in ascending order or each scrambling identifier arranged in ascending order corresponds to the index number of each downlink control parameter arranged in descending order or each downlink control parameter arranged in descending order.
  • the scrambling identifier 1 is associated with the DMRS port group 3
  • the scrambling identifier 2 is associated with the DMRS port group 2
  • the scrambling identifier 3 is associated with DMRS port group 1 is associated.
  • the terminal device can determine the scrambling identifier corresponding to the DMRS port group 1 as the scrambling identifier 3 according to the predefined rule, so the terminal device can use the scrambling identifier 3 to scramble or descramble the data scheduled by DCI1. .
  • the following line control parameter is the TB index number as an example.
  • the scrambling identifiers configured by the network device for the terminal device are respectively the scrambling identifier 1 and the scrambling identifier 2.
  • the TB configured for the terminal device is TB1 and TB2, the scrambling is performed.
  • Identity 1 is associated with TB2, and scrambled identity 2 is associated with TB1.
  • the DCI detected by the terminal device is recorded as DCI1; the terminal device obtains the enabled TB according to the parameters related to the TB in the DCI1.
  • the terminal device can use the predefined association relationship, It is determined that the scrambling identifier associated with TB1 is a scrambling identifier 2, so the terminal device can use the scrambling identifier 2 to scramble or descramble the data scheduled by DCI1.
  • the network device configures a scramble identifier, and when the scramble identifier and one or more other scramble identifiers generated based on the configured scramble identifier and a preset calculation rule, the configured scramble identifier and The generated other scrambling identifiers can be predefined with different association relationships.
  • a network device is configured with only one scrambling identifier, which is recorded as ID1, and another scrambling identifier, which is obtained according to the configured scrambling identifier 1 and a preset calculation rule, is recorded as ID2.
  • multiple DCIs sent by the network side may be divided into primary and secondary, where the primary DCI contains more parameters or indication information than the secondary DCI.
  • the downlink control parameter or downlink control information configuration information corresponding to the primary DCI is associated with the scrambling identifier configured by the network device; the downlink control parameter or downlink control information configuration information corresponding to the secondary DCI is associated with the generated scrambling identifier.
  • the association relationship configured in the implicit configuration manner described above may be adopted to further determine the association between each generated scrambled identifier and each downlink control parameter or each downlink control information configuration information. relationship.
  • the terminal device detects DCI1, and the DCI1 contains more complete parameter types or the DCI contains one or some specific parameters, such as carrier indication information (Carrier indicator), BWP indication information (bandwidth indicator, indicator), and rate matching indicator.
  • Information Rabling, matching, indicator
  • ZP CSI-RS trigger information ZP, CSI-RS trigger
  • the terminal device detects DCI2.
  • the DCI2 contains relatively few types of parameters or the DCI does not contain one or some specific parameters, such as carrier indicator information (Brier indicator), BWP indicator information (Bandwidth, partial indicator), and rate.
  • Matching indication information (Rate matching matching indicator), ZP CSI-RS trigger information (ZP CSI-RS trigger), so the DCI2 is the auxiliary DCI, and the terminal device uses the generated scrambling identifier 2 to scramble or decode the data scheduled by the DCI2.
  • the predefined association relationship may also be reversed, that is, the downlink control parameter or downlink control information configuration information corresponding to the primary DCI is associated with the generated scrambling identifier; the downlink control parameter or downlink control information configuration information corresponding to the secondary DCI and The configured scrambling flag is associated.
  • a larger downlink control information configuration information or a larger index number of the downlink control information configuration information may be associated with the scrambling identifier configured by the network device; or a larger downlink control parameter Or the larger the index number of the downlink control parameter is associated with the scrambling identifier configured by the network device.
  • the downlink control information configuration information is smaller or the index number of the downlink control information configuration information is smaller, it may be associated with the generated scrambling identifier; or the downlink control parameter is smaller or the index number of the downlink control parameter is smaller and generated. Scrambled identifier.
  • the downlink control information configuration information is small or the index number of the downlink control information configuration information is small and can be associated with the scrambling identifier configured by the network device; or the downlink control parameter is small or the downlink control The smaller index number of the parameter is associated with the scrambling identifier configured by the network device.
  • a larger downlink control information configuration information or a larger index number of the downlink control information configuration information may be associated with the generated scrambling identifier; or a larger downlink control parameter or a larger index number of the downlink control parameter is generated and generated. Scrambled identifier.
  • the configuration manner described in other parts of the embodiments of the present application may be used to configure the association relationship between each generated scrambling identifier and each downlink control parameter or each downlink control information configuration information. . It will not be described in detail here.
  • the data channel configuration information is PDSCH-Config and the downlink control information configuration information is PDCCH-Config.
  • the PDSCH-Config configured by the network device for the terminal device is PDSCH-Config1, PDSCH-Config2, PDSCH-Config3, respectively;
  • the network The PDCCH-Configs configured by the device for the terminal device are PDCCH-Config1, PDCCH-Config2, and PDCCH-Config3, respectively.
  • PDSCH-Config3 is associated with PDCCH-Config3
  • PDSCH-Config2 is associated with PDCCH-Config2
  • PDSCH-Config1 is associated with PDCCH-Config1.
  • the PDCCH-Config of the PDCCH detected by the terminal device is recorded as PDCCH-Config1;
  • the DCI carried by the PDCCH detected by the terminal device is DCI1, and the terminal device determines that the PDSCH-Config associated with PDCCH-Config1 is based on the predefined rule.
  • the data channel configuration information in ascending order or the index number of each data channel configuration information in ascending order and the downlink control information configuration information in descending order or the downlink control information configuration information in descending order correspond to the index numbers of the downlink control parameters in the descending order or the descending control parameters in the descending order;
  • the index number of each data channel configuration information arranged in ascending order or each data channel configuration information arranged in ascending order corresponds to the index number of each downlink control parameter arranged in descending order or each downlink control parameter arranged in descending order.
  • PDSCH-Config1 is associated with PDCCH-Config3
  • PDSCH-Config2 is associated with PDCCH-Config2
  • PDSCH-Config2 Config3 is associated with PDCCH-Config1.
  • the terminal device determines that the PDSCH-Config associated with PDCCH-Config1 is PDSCH-Config3; the terminal device uses the scrambling identifier contained in PDSCH-Config3 to scramble or descramble the data scheduled by DCI1.
  • One scrambling identifier is configured for high-level signaling.
  • one scrambling identifier is configured for RRC signaling and recorded as PDSCHScramblingIdentity0 / PUSCHScramblingIdentity0; or multiple scrambling identifiers are configured for high-level signaling.
  • two scrambling identifiers are configured for RRC signaling. Recorded as PDSCHScramblingIdentity0 / PUSCHScramblingIdentity0 and PDSCHScramblingIdentity1 / PUSCHScramblingIdentity1.
  • the downlink control information includes certain indication information, and the indication information may be used to determine a scrambling identifier of a high-level signaling configuration.
  • the indication information may be 1 bit. When the value is "0", it indicates that the scrambled identifier is PDSCHScramblingIdentity0 / PUSCHScramblingIdentity0. When the value is "1”, it indicates that the scrambled identifier is PDSCHScramblingIdentity1 / PUSCHScramblingIdentity1.
  • the indication information may be "DMRS sequence initialization" for instructing DMRS sequence initialization.
  • the initial state of the scrambling sequence used for data scrambling is:
  • the terminal device has the capability of supporting different scrambling identifiers, and the terminal device does not expect the above-mentioned indication information of the 2 DCIs received within a period of time (for example, 1 slot) to be the same. Or, the terminal device does not expect that the above-mentioned indication information carried in the DCI corresponding to different downlink control information configuration information has the same value.
  • the terminal device does not support non-coherent transmission of multiple DCIs, or does not support receiving two DCIs at the same time unit (for example, one slot slot), or does not support multiple scrambling flags or multiple data channels Configuration information, or multiple downlink control information configuration information, etc., the terminal device does not expect the received DCI to carry the above-mentioned instruction information, or regardless of the value of the above-mentioned instruction information in the DCI, the terminal device assumes that the value of the instruction information is 0 (or 1).
  • Implicit configuration means that there is no corresponding indication to clearly indicate the association between each scrambling identifier and each downlink control information configuration information or each downlink control parameter, or each scrambling identifier and each downlink control information are clearly predefined.
  • the association relationship between the configuration information or each downlink control parameter but it may be agreed to obtain the association relationship between them by, for example, a mutually contained relationship.
  • the implicit configuration method can also refer to the absence of corresponding indication information to clearly indicate the association between the data channel configuration information and the downlink control information configuration information or the downlink control parameters, or to explicitly predefine the data channel configuration.
  • the association relationship between the information and each downlink control information configuration information or each downlink control parameter but it may be agreed to obtain the association relationship between them by, for example, a mutually contained relationship.
  • Downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters include scrambling identification or scrambling identification index number
  • the scrambling identifier or scrambling identifier index number is included in the downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameter of the signaling configuration, and the scrambling identifier or the scrambling identifier corresponding to the scrambling identifier index number is related to the downlink control information.
  • the configuration information or the downlink control parameter is associated.
  • the network device or the terminal device determines the downlink control information configuration information or the downlink control parameter, it can use the downlink control information configuration information or the scrambling identifier corresponding to the downlink control parameter to scramble or descramble the data.
  • the data is data corresponding to downlink control information; the downlink control information is downlink control information carried by a downlink control channel obtained based on the downlink control information configuration information, or is downlink control information including the downlink control parameters, or Is downlink control information including parameters related to the downlink control parameters.
  • the following row of control information configuration information is PDCCH-Config
  • the downlink control parameter is the DMRS port group parameter as an example.
  • FIG. 4a to FIG. 4b are another scrambling identifier configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the scrambling identifier included in the PDCCH-Config may be represented by an index number of the scrambling identifier
  • the PDCCH-Config1 includes the scrambling identifier 1 indicating that the PDCCH-Config1 is associated with the scrambling identifier 1.
  • the PDCCH-Config2 includes a scrambling identifier 2 indicating that the PDCCH-Config2 is associated with the scrambling identifier 2.
  • the DMRS port group parameter and the scrambling identifier contained in it can be represented by an index number.
  • the DMRS port group parameter 1 includes a scrambling identifier 1 indicating that the DMRS port group parameter 1 is associated with the scrambling identifier 1.
  • the DMRS port The group parameter 2 contains the scrambling identifier 2 indicating that the DMRS port group parameter 2 is associated with the scrambling identifier 2.
  • the terminal device detects that the PDCCH-Config of the PDCCH is PDCCH-Config1. Based on FIG. 4a, the terminal device can determine that the scrambling identifier associated with the PDCCH-Config1 is scramble identifier 1. Then, the terminal device can use this The scrambling identifier 1 scrambles or descrambles the DCI scheduled data carried by the detected PDCCH.
  • the DCI detected by the terminal device is DCI1.
  • the DMRS port obtained based on the parameters in the DCI1 (such as the antenna port or the antenna port index number), and the DMRS port group parameter obtained based on the DMRS port is DMRS port group parameter 1.
  • the terminal device may determine that the scrambling identifier associated with the DMRS port group parameter 1 is the scrambling identifier 1 based on FIG. 4b, and the terminal device may use the scrambling identifier 1 to scramble or descramble the data scheduled by DCI1.
  • Downlink control information configuration information, data channel configuration information, other structures or other configuration information include both the downlink control parameter or the index number of the downlink control parameter, and the scrambling identifier or the index number of the scrambling identifier; or, the data channel configuration
  • the information, other structures, or other configuration information includes both the downlink control information configuration information or the index number of the downlink control information configuration information, and the scrambling identifier or the index number of the scrambling identifier
  • the downlink control information configuration information, data channel configuration information, or other structure of the signaling configuration includes both the downlink control parameter or the index number of the downlink control parameter and the scrambling identifier or the scrambling identifier index number, indicating that the The downlink control parameter or the downlink control parameter corresponding to the index number of the downlink control parameter is associated with the scrambling identifier or the scrambling identifier corresponding to the scrambling identifier index number.
  • the data channel configuration information or other structure of the signaling configuration includes both the downlink control information configuration information or the index number of the downlink control information configuration information and the scrambling identifier or the scrambling identifier index number, it indicates the downlink control information configuration.
  • the downlink control parameter corresponding to the index number of the information or the configuration information of the downlink control information is associated with the scrambling identifier or the scrambling identifier corresponding to the scrambling identifier index number.
  • the scrambling identification parameter includes both the downlink control parameter or the index number of the downlink control parameter, and the scrambling identification or the scrambling identification index number, it indicates that the downlink control parameter or the index number of the downlink control parameter corresponds to the downlink control parameter.
  • the scrambling identification index number indicates the downlink control information configuration information corresponding to the downlink control information configuration information or the index number of the downlink control information configuration information, and is related to the scrambling identification or the scrambling identification index corresponding to the scrambling identification index number.
  • FIG. 5a is a schematic diagram of another scrambling identifier configuration method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • PDCCH-Config1 / PDSCH-Config1 / PUSCH-Config1 / scrambling identification parameter 1 includes both scrambling identification 1 and DMRS port group 1, indicating that DMRS port group 1 is associated with scrambling identification 1.
  • PDCCH -Config2 / PDSCH-Config2 / PUSCH-Config2 / Scrambling ID parameter 2 contains both the scrambling ID 2 and the DMRS port group 2, which means that the DMRS port group 2 is associated with the scrambling ID 2.
  • the DCI detected by the terminal device is DCI1
  • the DMRS port obtained based on the parameters in DCI1 such as the antenna port or the antenna port index number
  • the DMRS port group obtained based on the DMRS port is the DMRS port group 1
  • the terminal device may determine that the scrambling identifier associated with the DMRS port group 1 is a scrambling identifier 1.
  • the terminal device may use the scrambling identifier 1 to scramble or descramble the data scheduled by DCI1.
  • control information configuration information is PDCCH-Config
  • data channel configuration information is PDSCH-Config / PUSCH-Config as an example.
  • FIG. 5b is a schematic diagram of another scrambling identifier configuration method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • PDSCH-Config1 / PUSCH-Config1 contains both scrambling identifier 1 and PDCCH-Config1, which means that PDCCH-Config1 is associated with scrambling identifier 1.
  • PDSCH-Config2 / PUSCH-Config2 includes both If the scramble identifier 2 also includes PDCCH-Config2, it means that the PDCCH-Config2 is associated with the scramble identifier 2.
  • the terminal device detects that the PDCCH-Config of the PDCCH is PDCCH-Config1, and the terminal device obtains the scrambling identifier associated with the PDCCH-Config1 based on FIG. 5b as the scrambling identifier 1. Then, the terminal device uses the scrambling Identification 1 scrambles or descrambles the DCI scheduled data carried by the PDCCH obtained based on PDCCH-Config1.
  • control information configuration information is PDCCH-Config
  • data channel configuration information is PDSCH-Config / PUSCH-Config
  • the downlink control parameter is the TB index number as an example.
  • FIG. 5c is another example provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • PDCCH-Config1 / PDSCH-Config1 / PUSCH-Config1 / scramble identifier parameter 1 includes both scramble identifier 1 and TB1, which means that TB1 and the scramble identifier 1 is associated with;
  • PDCCH-Config2 / PDSCH-Config2 / PUSCH-Config2 / scrambling identification parameter 2 contains both scrambling identification 2 and TB2, it means that TB2 is associated with scrambling identification 2.
  • the DCI detected by the terminal device is DCI1
  • the enabled TB obtained based on the parameters in DCI1 is TB1. It is determined that the scrambling identifier associated with the TB1 is a scrambling identifier 1, and the terminal device can use the scrambling identifier 1 to scramble or descramble the data scheduled by DCI1.
  • the network device configures multiple data channel configuration information, and each data channel configuration information includes a scrambling identifier. Therefore, each data channel configuration information and downlink can be configured by signaling or predefined. An association relationship between control information configuration information or downlink control parameters. In this way, the terminal device can determine a scrambling identifier associated with downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters based on the association relationship.
  • the display configuration is used to configure the association between the data channel configuration information and the downlink control information configuration information or the downlink control parameters, which have been described above and will not be described in detail here.
  • the association relationship between the configuration information of each data channel and the downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters in the implicit configuration mode is exemplified.
  • Downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters include data channel configuration information
  • the downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters of the signaling configuration include data channel configuration information or an index number of the data channel configuration information, which indicates that the downlink control information configuration information or the downlink control parameter is configured with the data channel.
  • the information or the data channel configuration information corresponding to the index number of the data channel configuration information is associated.
  • the network equipment or the terminal equipment may determine the downlink control information configuration information or the data channel configuration information contained in the downlink control parameters, and use the scrambling identifier contained in the data channel configuration information to pair the data. Scramble or descramble.
  • the data is data corresponding to downlink control information; the downlink control information is downlink control information carried by a downlink control channel obtained based on the downlink control information configuration information, or is downlink control information including the downlink control parameters, or Downlink control information including parameters related to the downlink control parameters.
  • control information configuration information is PDCCH-Config
  • data channel configuration information is PDSCH-Config
  • the downlink control parameters are DMRS port parameters.
  • FIGS. 6a to 6d and FIGS. 6a to 6d are provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • PDCCH-Config1 includes PDSCH-Config1, and PDSCH-Config1 includes scrambling identifier 1, so PDCCH-Config1 is associated with PDSCH-Config1, or PDCCH-Config1 is associated with scrambling identification 1.
  • PDCCH-Config2 includes PDSCH-Config2, and PDSCH-Config2 includes scrambling identifier 2, so PDCCH-Config2 is associated with PDSCH-Config2, or PDCCH-Config2 is associated with scrambling identification 2.
  • the difference from FIG. 6a is that the PDCCH-Config1 in FIG. 6b contains the PDSCH-Config index number PDSCH-Config1, and does not include the entire PDSCH-Config1 content, which still indicates that PDCCH-Config1 is associated with PDSCH-Config1, and is further associated with a scrambling identifier or a scrambling identification index number contained in PDSCH-Config1.
  • PDCCH-Config2 includes PDSCH-Config2, but does not include the entire content of PDSCH-Config2, which still indicates that PDCCH-Config2 is associated with PDSCH-Config2.
  • the signaling can additionally configure each PDSCH-Config including the entire PDSCH-Config content for the terminal device.
  • DMRS port parameter 1 includes PDSCH-Config1, and PDSCH-Config 1 includes scrambling identifier 1, so DMRS port parameter 1 is associated with PDSCH-Config 1, or DMRS port parameter 1 is associated with scrambling identifier 1.
  • Link. DMRS port parameter 2 includes PDSCH-Config 2 and PDSCH-Config 2 includes scrambling identifier 2. Therefore, DMRS port parameter 2 is associated with PDSCH-Config 2 or DMRS port parameter 2 is associated with scrambling identifier 2.
  • the DMRS port parameter 1 in FIG. 6d contains the PDSCH-Config index number PDSCH-Config1, but does not include the entire PDSCH-Config1.
  • the content still indicates that the DMRS port parameter 1 is associated with PDSCH-Config1, and is further associated with the scrambling identifier or the scrambling identifier index number contained in PDSCH-Config1.
  • DMRS port parameter 2 includes PDSCH-Config2, but does not include the entire content of PDSCH-Config2, which still indicates that DMRS port parameter 2 is associated with PDSCH-Config2.
  • the signaling can additionally configure each PDSCH-Config including the entire PDSCH-Config content for the terminal device.
  • the terminal device detects the PDCCH-Config of the PDCCH and records it as PDCCH-Config1. Based on the configuration relationship of FIG. 6a or FIG. 6b, the terminal device can obtain that PDCCH-Config1 is associated with PDSCH-Config1; The device may use the scrambling identifier 1 contained in PDSCH-Config1 to scramble or descramble the DCI scheduled data carried by the PDCCH detected based on PDCCH-Config1.
  • the DCI detected by the terminal device is recorded as DCI1; the terminal device obtains the DMRS port based on the antenna port or antenna port index number in DCI1, and obtains the DMRS port group parameter 1 based on the DMRS port; the terminal The device can obtain the DMRS port group parameter 1 and PDSCH-Config1 based on the relationship configured in FIG. 6c or FIG. 6d; the terminal device can use the scrambling identifier 1 contained in PDSCH-Config1 to scramble or descramble the data scheduled by DCI1.
  • Downlink control information configuration information or other structures include both the downlink control parameter or the index number of the downlink control parameter and the data channel configuration information or the index number of the data channel configuration information; or, other structures include both the downlink control information configuration information Or the index number of the downlink control information configuration information, and further includes the data channel configuration information or the index number of the data channel configuration information.
  • the downlink control information configuration information, other structures, or other configuration information of the signaling configuration includes both the downlink control parameter or the index number of the downlink control parameter, and the data channel configuration information or the index number of the data channel configuration information, It indicates that the downlink control parameter or the downlink control parameter corresponding to the index number of the downlink control parameter is associated with the data channel configuration information or the data channel configuration information corresponding to the index number of the data channel configuration information.
  • a structure or configuration information of the signaling configuration when a structure or configuration information of the signaling configuration includes both the downlink control information configuration information or the index number of the downlink control information configuration information and the data channel configuration information or the index number of the data channel configuration information, it indicates that the downlink
  • the downlink control information configuration information corresponding to the control information configuration information or the index number of the downlink control information configuration information is associated with the data channel configuration information information corresponding to the data channel configuration information or the index number of the data channel configuration information.
  • a certain structure or configuration information of the signaling configuration may be a downlink dedicated partial bandwidth (BWP-Downlink Dedicated) or a partial bandwidth information element (BWP-information element).
  • PDCCH-Config includes both DMRS port group 1 and PDSCH-Config1, which means that DMRS port group 1 is associated with PDSCH-Config1; correspondingly, the PDCCH -Config2 contains both DMRS port group 2 and PDSCH-Config2, which means that DMRS port group 2 is associated with PDSCH-Config2.
  • BWP-Downlink Dedicated1 or BWP-information element1 contains both PDCCH-Config1 and PDSCH-Config1, which means that PDCCH-Config1 is associated with PDSCH-Config1;
  • BWP-Downlink Dedicated2 or BWP-information element2 both contain PDCCH-Config2, which also includes PDSCH-Config2, indicates that PDCCH-Config2 is associated with PDSCH-Config2.
  • the DCI detected by the terminal device is DCI1
  • the DMRS port obtained based on the parameters in DCI1 such as the antenna port or the antenna port index number
  • the DMRS port group obtained based on the DMRS port is the DMRS port group 1
  • the terminal device may determine that the PDSCH-Config associated with the DMRS port group 1 is PDSCH-Config1 based on FIG. 7a, and the terminal device may use the scrambling identifier included in the PDSCH-Config1 to scramble or descramble the data scheduled by DCI1.
  • the downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters and the data channel configuration information all include one and the same parameter.
  • the downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters and the data channel configuration information both contain the same parameter or contain the same parameters and the parameter values are the same, it means that the downlink control information configuration information or / And downlink control parameters are associated with the data channel configuration information. That is, the downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters are associated with the scrambling identifier contained in the data channel configuration information or the scrambling identifier corresponding to the contained scrambling identifier index number.
  • the same parameter is used to indicate that there is an association relationship between the configuration parameter that contains the parameter or the parameter that has the same value, for example, it indicates that it comes from the same TRP.
  • This parameter can be a downlink exclusive partial bandwidth identifier (BWP-DownlinkDedicatedID). , Uplink dedicated partial bandwidth identifier (BWP-UplinkDedicatedID), path identifier (PathID), quasi-colocation identifier (QCLID), etc.
  • BWP-DownlinkDedicatedID Downlink exclusive partial bandwidth identifier
  • BWP-UplinkDedicatedID Uplink dedicated partial bandwidth identifier
  • PathID path identifier
  • QCLID quasi-colocation identifier
  • the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control information configuration information is: a scrambling identifier contained in the downlink control information configuration information or a scrambling identifier corresponding to a contained scrambling identifier index number;
  • the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control parameter is: a scrambling identifier contained in the downlink control information configuration information including the downlink control parameter or a scrambling identifier corresponding to the included scrambling identifier index number;
  • the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control parameter is: a scrambling identifier or a scrambling identifier corresponding to a scrambling identifier index number included in the downlink control parameter;
  • the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control parameter is: the scrambling identifier contained in the scrambling identifier parameter containing the downlink control parameter or the scrambling identifier corresponding to the contained scrambling identifier index number.
  • the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control information configuration information is: a scrambling identifier contained in the data channel configuration information associated with the downlink control information configuration information or a scrambling identifier corresponding to the included scrambling identifier index number;
  • the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control parameter is: the scrambling identifier contained in the data channel configuration information associated with the downlink control parameter or the scrambling identifier corresponding to the included scrambling identifier index number.
  • the terminal equipment has different capabilities, and the scrambling identifiers configured by the network equipment for the terminal equipment may also be different.
  • the capability of a terminal device refers to whether the terminal device supports non-coherent transmission of multiple DCIs, or whether it supports the reception of two DCIs at the same time unit (for example, a slot slot), or whether it supports multiple configured DCIs.
  • the scrambling identifier is either configured with multiple data channel configuration information or with multiple downlink control information configuration information.
  • the determination of the scrambling identifier also changes accordingly.
  • the following describes the combination with optional embodiments.
  • a terminal device does not support non-coherent transmission of multiple DCIs, the terminal device is not expected to be configured with multiple scrambling flags. At this time, the network device can only configure one scramble for the terminal device. Identification, and the terminal device does not expect the scrambling identification to be associated with downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters.
  • the terminal device may configure a scrambling identifier for the terminal device, and the scrambling identifier does not have an association relationship with other configuration parameters.
  • the terminal device does not support non-coherent transmission of multiple DCIs, but does not place any restrictions on the network device, that is, the network device can still use the above optional embodiment to configure multiple terminal devices.
  • the terminal device may select a scrambling identifier from the preset rules. For example, the preset rule selects the scramble identifier associated with the downlink control information configuration information or the downlink control information configuration information with a smaller index number for the terminal device; or selects a smaller downlink control parameter or index number with a lower index number for the terminal device.
  • the scrambling identifier associated with a small downlink control parameter or when the network equipment is configured with a scrambling identifier, and other scrambling identifiers are generated based on the configured scrambling identifier and a preset calculation rule, the terminal device selects the configured scrambling identifier or Select the generated scramble flag.
  • the terminal device does not support non-coherent transmission of multiple DCIs, but does not place any restrictions on the network device, that is, the network device can still use the above optional embodiment to configure multiple terminal devices.
  • the terminal device supports multiple DCI non-coherent transmissions.
  • the terminal device When the network device is configured with only one scrambling identifier, the terminal device does not expect the scrambling identifier and downlink control information configuration information or For the association relationship between the downlink control parameters, the terminal device directly uses the configured scrambling identifier to perform scrambling or descrambling.
  • the terminal device does not limit the above-mentioned association relationship, the terminal device may still use the association relationship and the scrambling identifier to perform scrambling or descrambling.
  • the terminal device supports multiple DCI non-coherent transmissions, and the network device configures multiple scrambling identities for the terminal device, then:
  • the terminal device or the network device selects the scrambling identifier based on the association relationship according to the previous embodiment.
  • the terminal device may use a preset rule to select the one scrambling identifier. For example, the preset rule selects the scramble identifier associated with the downlink control information configuration information or the downlink control information configuration information with a smaller index number for the terminal device; or selects a smaller downlink control parameter or index number with a lower index number for the terminal device.
  • the terminal device if the terminal device is notified that it is not in a non-coherent transmission scenario with multiple DCIs, the terminal device does not expect to be configured with multiple scrambling flags, that is, the terminal device can only be configured with one Scrambling identification, if at this time the terminal device does not expect to be configured with the association relationship between multiple scrambling identifications and downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters, the network device only needs to configure a scrambling identification for the terminal device, and the terminal The device uses the scrambling identifier to scramble or descramble. If the terminal device does not expect to be configured with multiple scrambling identities, and there is no restriction on the association relationship, the scrambling identities configured by the network device for the terminal device may still retain the association relationship.
  • the terminal device is notified that it is not in a multi-DCI non-relevant transmission scenario, indicating that the terminal device will not be in this scenario at this time; if the terminal device is notified that it is in a multi-DCI non-coherent transmission scenario, it indicates that the terminal device is likely It may or may not be in this scene, but it does not mean that the meeting is always in this scene.
  • the communication device, network device, and terminal device described in this application may be located in the same communication system, and the communication device is configured with a scrambling identifier associated with downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters; or the configuration is different from Multiple scrambling identifiers associated with downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters.
  • the scrambling identifiers associated with different downlink control information configuration information or different downlink control parameters may have the same value. For example, when multiple transmission and receiving points send the same data to the same terminal device, the same data can improve the Lu. It is excellent because it does not need to consider the problem of randomization of interference, so the values of the scrambling flags used by multiple transmission and receiving points can be the same.
  • the values of the scrambling flags associated with different downlink control information configuration information or different downlink control parameters may be different. For example, when multiple transmission and receiving points send different data to the same terminal device, interference randomization needs to be considered. The problem is that the values of the scrambling flags used by multiple transmission and reception points may be different.
  • the solution described in the embodiment of the present application can configure one scrambling identifier or multiple scrambling identifiers in combination with the capabilities of the terminal device and the communication scenario, and the association relationship between the scrambling identifiers need not be changed, that is, the configuration of the entire communication system
  • the architecture is unchanged, so that the communication system can be smoothly transitioned to multiple scrambling identification application scenarios to solve the problem of interference randomization in non-coherent joint transmission scenarios.
  • this embodiment of the present application uses two TRP1 and TRP2 respectively to transmit data for a terminal device as an example.
  • the terminal device has the capability of supporting non-coherent joint transmission of multiple DCIs as an example.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a data scrambling method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the data scrambling method shown in FIG. Examples are explained.
  • the data scrambling method may include the following steps:
  • a communication device configures multiple scrambling identifiers associated with different downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters.
  • the communication device in 101 may configure one scrambling identifier associated with downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters; it may also configure multiple scrambling identifiers associated with different downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters,
  • multiple scrambling identifiers associated with different downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters are configured as an example to solve the problem of non-coherent joint transmission in which the data transmitted by each TRP for the terminal device does not interfere randomly at the same time. Problem.
  • the configured scrambling identifier, association relationship, data channel configuration information, or downlink control information configuration information can be configured by a communication device, and the TRP sends the configured content to the terminal device.
  • the communication device described in this embodiment of the present application may be a certain control module or device, and TRP is only used to send or receive related information.
  • the communication device may also be a TRP.
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 is described by taking the difference between the two as an example.
  • the communication device sends the multiple scrambling identifiers to a terminal device.
  • the sending, by the communication device, the plurality of scrambled identifiers to the terminal device includes: sending the scrambled identifiers to the terminal device in a data channel configuration information.
  • different data channel configuration information carries different scrambling identifiers.
  • the communication device sending the one or more scrambling identifiers to a terminal device includes: the communication device carrying the one or more scrambling identifiers in one data The channel configuration information is sent to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may store the one or more scrambled identifiers.
  • the terminal device determines a plurality of scrambling identifiers configured by the communication device and associated with different downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters, including: Multiple data channel configuration information is used to determine multiple scrambling identifiers associated with different downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters from the multiple data channel configuration information, where each data channel configuration information carries a Disturb identification.
  • the terminal device determines a scrambling identifier associated with downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters configured by the communication device; or configured with different downlink control information configuration information or
  • the multiple scrambling identifiers associated with the downlink control parameters include: the terminal device determines one associated with the downlink control information configuration information or the downlink control parameter from the data channel configuration information after receiving the data channel configuration information sent by the communication device. Scrambling identifier; or determining multiple scrambling identifiers associated with different downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters.
  • the association between the scrambling identifier and the downlink control information configuration information or the downlink control parameters, or the association relationship between the data channel configuration information and the downlink control information configuration information or the downlink control parameters where the scrambling identifier is located, may refer to The above-mentioned implicit configuration mode or display configuration mode is not described in detail here.
  • TRP1 determines downlink control information configuration information 1 or downlink control parameter 1.
  • TRP2 determines downlink control information configuration information 2 or downlink control parameter 2.
  • the downlink control information configuration information is determined by other network devices, and TRP1 and TRP2 need only be used.
  • TRP1 uses downlink control information configuration information 1 or downlink control parameter 1 to transmit data
  • it may notify TRP1 separately.
  • TRP2 uses downlink control information configuration information 2 or downlink control parameter 2 to transmit data
  • it may separately notify TRP2.
  • other network devices or control modules may also notify TRP1 of the transmission data of TRP2 using downlink control information configuration information 2 or downlink control parameter 2, and TRP1 may then notify TRP2.
  • the downlink control parameter is a parameter determined by each of TRP1 and TRP2, such as a parameter related to a DMRS port or a parameter related to a transmission block TB. Therefore, TRP1 and TRP2 can be The determined downlink control parameter determines the associated scrambling identifier.
  • the association between the scrambling identifiers used by TRP1 and TRP2 is also notified to TRP1 and TRP2 by the communication device.
  • TRP1 determines the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control information configuration information 1 or the downlink control parameter 1 as the scrambling identifier index number 1.
  • TRP2 determines the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control information configuration information 2 or the downlink control parameter 2. Scrambling identification with scrambling identification index number 2;
  • the network device in 102 may use any of the foregoing possible implementation manners in 1.1-1.4 and 2.1-2.5 to determine the scrambling identifier associated with downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters.
  • the configured downlink control parameter 1 is a control parameter related to TB1, such as MCS, NDI, and RV
  • the configured downlink control parameter 2 is a control parameter related to TB2, such as MCS, NDI, and RV.
  • the configured association relationship is TB1 is associated with the scrambled identifier with the scrambled identification index number 1; TB2 is associated with the scrambled identifier with the scrambled identification index number 2, then in Example 104 of this application, the scrambled identifier associated with the downlink control parameter 1 determined by TRP1
  • the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control parameter 2 determined by TRP2 is the scrambling identifier associated with the scrambling identifier index number 2.
  • TRP1 scrambles data 1 using a scrambling identifier with a scrambling identification index number 1
  • TRP2 scrambles data 2 using a scrambling identifier with a scrambling identification index number 2;
  • the data is data corresponding to downlink control information;
  • the downlink control information is downlink control information carried by a downlink control channel obtained based on the downlink control information configuration information, or includes downlink control parameters Or the downlink control information including parameters related to the downlink control parameter.
  • the data 1 is data corresponding to the downlink control information carried by the downlink control channel obtained based on the downlink control information configuration information 1.
  • the data 1 is data corresponding to the downlink control information including the downlink control parameter 1; or the data 1 is data including Data corresponding to the downlink control information of the parameters related to the downlink control parameter 1.
  • the data 2 is data corresponding to the downlink control information carried by the downlink control channel obtained based on the downlink control information configuration information 2; or the data 2 is data corresponding to the downlink control information including the downlink control parameter 2; or, the data 2 is Data corresponding to the downlink control information of the parameters related to the downlink control parameter 2.
  • TRP1 sends the scrambled data 1 to the terminal device
  • TRP2 sends the scrambled data 2 to the terminal device
  • the terminal device detects downlink control information configuration information 1 or downlink control parameter 1.
  • the terminal device detects downlink control information configuration information 2 or downlink control parameter 2.
  • the terminal device detects downlink control information configuration information, specifically: the terminal device
  • the downlink control channel is detected based on the multiple downlink control information configuration information configured for the terminal device on the network device side. Based on the multiple downlink control information configuration information, if a downlink control channel is detected, the terminal device will detect the downlink control of the downlink control channel.
  • the information configuration information is used as the detected downlink control information configuration information. That is, the downlink control information configuration information 1 and the downlink control information configuration information 2 detected by the terminal device are downlink control information configuration information capable of detecting a downlink control channel.
  • the terminal device detecting the downlink control parameter is specifically: the terminal device reads the downlink control information carried by the detected downlink control channel, and the terminal device determines the downlink control parameter associated with the scrambling identifier in the downlink control information. If the downlink control parameter is a parameter included in the downlink control information, such as a related parameter of the TB, the terminal device may directly read the related parameter of the TB from the downlink control information as the downlink control parameter detected by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can directly read the antenna port from the downlink control information, and determine the DMRS port based on the antenna port, based on the DMRS port Determine the corresponding DMRS port group, and use the determined DMRS port group as the downlink control parameter detected by the terminal device.
  • the downlink control parameter is a parameter related to the parameters contained in the downlink control information, such as a DMRS port group
  • the terminal device can directly read the antenna port from the downlink control information, and determine the DMRS port based on the antenna port, based on the DMRS port Determine the corresponding DMRS port group, and use the determined DMRS port group as the downlink control parameter detected by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determines the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control information configuration information 1 or the downlink control parameter 1 as the scrambling identifier with the scrambling identification index number 1.
  • the terminal device determines the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control information configuration information 2 or the downlink control parameter 2.
  • the scrambling identification is the scrambling identification of the index number 2;
  • the terminal device determining the downlink control information configuration information or the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control parameter may determine the downlink control information configuration information based on any of the possible implementation manners in 1.1-1.4 and 2.1-2.5 above. Or the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control parameter.
  • the terminal device descrambles the data 1 by using the scrambling identifier of the scrambling identification index number 1.
  • the terminal device descrambles the data 2 by using the scrambling identification of the index number 2.
  • the operations between TRP1 and TRP2 do not affect each other. Although they are performed in the same step, they are not limited to be simultaneous.
  • the sent data 1 and data 2 may not arrive at the terminal device at the same time, and the processing of the data 1 and data 2 by the terminal device may not be performed at the same time.
  • the information configuration information is detected, and there is no sequential or simultaneous limitation on the time for detecting the DCI sent by each TRP.
  • the data scrambling method in the uplink data transmission process is different from the data scrambling method in the downlink data transmission process shown in FIG. 8.
  • the difference is that the terminal device uses the obtained two scrambling identifiers to separately scramble the uplink data. 3 and uplink data 4 are scrambled, and TRP1 and TRP2 use the obtained scrambling identifiers to descramble uplink data 3 and uplink data 4, respectively.
  • TRP1 and TPR2 use different scrambling identifiers associated with different downlink control information configuration information or different downlink control parameters to scramble or descramble data; correspondingly, terminal devices can use different scrambling identifiers to scramble data Scramble or descramble. Therefore, it is avoided that the same terminal device can only be configured with a unique scrambling identifier, which causes a problem that interference randomization cannot be achieved when the terminal device performs unrelated joint transmission.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device may include a configuration unit 210 and a sending unit 220, where:
  • the configuration unit 210 is configured to configure one scrambling identifier associated with downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters; or configure multiple scrambling identifiers associated with different downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters; wherein,
  • the downlink control information configuration information is parameter information used to obtain a downlink control channel; the downlink control parameters are parameters included in the downlink control information or parameters related to parameters included in the downlink control information;
  • a sending unit 220 configured to send the one or more scrambling identifiers to a terminal device
  • the sending unit sends the multiple scrambled identifiers to a terminal device, specifically: the scrambled identifiers are carried in data channel configuration information and sent to the terminal device.
  • the scrambling identifiers carried in different data channel configuration information are different.
  • the sending unit sends the one or more scrambled identities to a terminal device, specifically: carrying the one or more scrambled identities in a data channel configuration information Send to the terminal device.
  • the configuration unit configures a scrambling identifier associated with downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters
  • the configured scrambling identifier is further used to generate one or more other scrambling identifiers in combination with a preset calculation rule.
  • an association relationship between the scrambling identifier and the downlink control information configuration information or the downlink control parameter is predefined, or RRC signaling and downlink are controlled through radio resources.
  • the control information is configured by at least one of DCI signaling and MAC-CE signaling of a media access control layer control element.
  • the pre-defined association relationship between the scrambling identifier and the downlink control information configuration information may be specifically referred to related content in the method embodiment, which is not described in detail here.
  • the data channel configuration information where the scrambling identifier is located is associated with downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters; the data channel configuration information is related to the downlink control information configuration information or all information.
  • the association relationship between the downlink control parameters is predefined, or it is at least one signaling configuration of radio resource control RRC signaling, downlink control information DCI signaling, and media access control layer control element MAC-CE signaling. of.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device shown in FIG. 9 is mainly used to configure a scramble identifier and a corresponding association relationship
  • the network device shown in FIG. 10 is mainly used to use the scramble identifier configured in the embodiment of the present application to add data.
  • Each unit shown in FIG. 9 and FIG. 10 may be located in the same network device, or may be located in different network devices, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device may include a determining unit 310 and a processing unit 320, where:
  • a determining unit 310 configured to determine downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters
  • the determining unit 310 is further configured to determine the downlink control information configuration information or a scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control parameters; wherein different downlink control information configuration information or different downlink control parameters are associated with each other. Scrambling flags are different;
  • a processing unit 320 configured to scramble or descramble data by using the scramble identifier
  • the data is data corresponding to downlink control information;
  • the downlink control information is downlink control information carried by a downlink control channel obtained based on the downlink control information configuration information, or is downlink control information including the downlink control parameters, or Is downlink control information including parameters related to the downlink control parameters;
  • the downlink control information configuration information is parameter information used to obtain a downlink control channel; the downlink control parameters are parameters included in the downlink control information or parameters related to parameters included in the downlink control information.
  • the determining unit 310 determines the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control information configuration information or the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control parameter. For details, refer to the description in the foregoing method embodiment. Display configuration mode or implicit configuration mode.
  • the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control information configuration information is: the scrambling identifier contained in the downlink control information configuration information or the scrambling identifier corresponding to the included scrambling identifier index number; or the downlink control parameter association
  • the scrambling identifier is: the scrambling identifier contained in the downlink control information configuration information containing the downlink control parameter or the scrambling identifier corresponding to the contained scrambling identifier index number; or the scrambling associated with the downlink control parameter
  • the identifier is: a scrambling identifier or a scrambling identifier corresponding to the scrambling identifier index number included in the downlink control parameter; or the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control parameter is: a scrambling identifier parameter including the downlink control parameter
  • the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control information configuration information is: the scrambling identifier contained in the data channel configuration information associated with the downlink control information configuration information or the scrambling identifier corresponding to the included scrambling identifier index number;
  • the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control parameter is: the scrambling identifier contained in the data channel configuration information associated with the downlink control parameter or the scrambling identifier corresponding to the included scrambling identifier index number.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device may include a determining unit 410 and a processing unit 420, where:
  • a determining unit 410 configured to determine a scrambling identifier configured by a network device and associated with downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters; or a plurality of configured scramble identifiers associated with different downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters Disturbance identification
  • a processing unit 420 configured to scramble or descramble data by using scrambling identifiers associated with downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters;
  • the data is data scheduled by downlink control information;
  • the downlink control information is downlink control information carried by a downlink control channel obtained based on the downlink control information configuration information, or is downlink control information including the downlink control parameters, or Is downlink control information including parameters related to the downlink control parameters;
  • the downlink control information configuration information is parameter information used to obtain a downlink control channel; the downlink control parameters are parameters included in the downlink control information or parameters related to parameters included in the downlink control information.
  • the determining unit 410 determines a plurality of scrambling identifiers configured by a network device and associated with different downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters, specifically: receiving a plurality of scrambling identifiers sent by a communication device. Multiple data channel configuration information to determine multiple scrambling identifiers associated with different downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters from the multiple data channel configuration information, where each data channel configuration information carries a scramble Identification, different data channel configuration information carries different scrambling identifications.
  • the determining unit 410 determines a scrambling identifier configured by a network device and associated with downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters, or configured with different downlink control information configuration information or
  • the multiple scrambling identifiers associated with the downlink control parameters are specifically: after receiving a data channel configuration information sent by the communication device, determining a scramble associated with the downlink control information configuration information or the downlink control parameters from the data channel configuration information. Scrambling identification, or multiple scrambling identifications configured in association with different downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters.
  • the association relationship between the scrambling identifier and the downlink control information configuration information or the downlink control parameters is predefined, or is controlled by radio resource control RRC signaling, downlink control information DCI signaling, and media access control At least one of the layer control elements MAC-CE signaling is configured.
  • association relationship between each predefined data channel configuration information and downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters reference may be made to related content in the method embodiment.
  • the data channel configuration information where the scrambling identifier is located is associated with downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters; the data channel configuration information is related to the downlink control information configuration information or all information.
  • the association relationship between the downlink control parameters is predefined, or it is at least one signaling configuration of radio resource control RRC signaling, downlink control information DCI signaling, and media access control layer control element MAC-CE signaling. of.
  • association relationship between the predefined data channel configuration information and the downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters reference may also be made to related content in the method embodiments.
  • the terminal device when the determining unit 410 determines a scrambling identifier associated with the network device configuration and downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters, the terminal device further includes:
  • the generating unit 430 is configured to generate one or more other scrambled identifiers based on the configured scrambled identifiers and preset calculation rules.
  • the processing unit 420 uses the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters to scramble or descramble the data, specifically:
  • the processing unit 420 determines the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control information configuration information or the scrambling identifier associated with the downlink control parameter. For details, refer to related content in the foregoing method embodiment. It will not be described in detail here.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device may be a terminal device shown in FIG. 11, and may also be a chip or a circuit, for example, may be provided in the terminal device. Chip or circuit.
  • This device can correspond to the related operations of the terminal device in the above method.
  • the device may include a processor 510 and a memory 520.
  • the memory 520 is configured to store instructions
  • the processor 510 is configured to execute the instructions stored in the memory 520 to implement steps performed by the terminal device described above, or to implement related operations of each unit in the terminal device shown in FIG. 11 described above.
  • the device may further include a receiver 540 and a transmitter 550. Further, the device may further include a bus system 530, wherein the processor 510, the memory 520, the receiver 540, and the transmitter 550 may be connected through the bus system 530.
  • the processor 510 is configured to execute instructions stored in the memory 520 to control the receiver 540 to receive signals and control the transmitter 550 to send signals to complete the steps of the terminal device in the above method, such as receiving one or more data channels configured by the communication device. Configuration information, or sending scrambled data.
  • the receiver 540 and the transmitter 550 may be the same or different physical entities. When they are the same physical entity, they can be collectively referred to as transceivers.
  • the memory 520 may be integrated in the processor 510, or may be separately provided from the processor 510.
  • the memory 520 is also used to store a scrambling identifier associated with downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters configured by the communication device for the terminal device; or configured to be associated with different downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters Multiple scrambling identifiers, or an association relationship between the scrambling identifier and downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters, or an association relationship between data channel configuration information and downlink control information configuration information or downlink control parameters.
  • the functions of the receiver 540 and the transmitter 550 may be considered to be implemented by a transceiver circuit or a dedicated chip for transceiver.
  • the processor 510 may be considered to be implemented by a dedicated processing chip, a processing circuit, a processor, or a general-purpose chip.
  • a manner of using a general-purpose computer may be considered to implement the terminal device provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the program code that will implement the functions of the processor 510, receiver 540, and transmitter 550 is stored in the memory.
  • the general-purpose processor implements the functions of the processor 510, receiver 540, and transmitter 550 by executing the code in the memory, such as processing
  • the processor 510 calls the program code in the memory 520 and performs the following operations:
  • the data is data scheduled by downlink control information;
  • the downlink control information is downlink control information carried by a downlink control channel obtained based on the downlink control information configuration information, or is downlink control information including the downlink control parameters, or Is downlink control information including parameters related to the downlink control parameters;
  • the downlink control information configuration information is parameter information used to obtain a downlink control channel; the downlink control parameters are parameters included in the downlink control information or parameters related to parameters included in the downlink control information.
  • the processor 510 calls the program code in the memory 520 and can also perform other operations performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments, that is, the concepts, explanations, and explanations related to the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the application related to the device. For detailed descriptions and other steps, please refer to the descriptions of these contents in the foregoing method or other embodiments, and are not repeated here.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device can be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1.
  • FIG. 13 shows only the main components of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device 13 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input / output device.
  • the processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and control the entire terminal device, execute a software program, and process the data of the software program, for example, to support the terminal device to execute the data scrambling method embodiment described above. action.
  • the memory is mainly used to store software programs and data, for example, to store downlink control information configuration information, downlink control parameters, multiple scrambling identifiers described in the above embodiments, and each scrambling identifier and downlink control information configuration information or downlink control Associations between parameters, and so on.
  • the control circuit is mainly used for conversion of baseband signals and radio frequency signals and processing of radio frequency signals.
  • the control circuit and the antenna can also be called a transceiver, which is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves, such as receiving information about the configuration of communication equipment, receiving data sent by network equipment, sending uplink data, and so on.
  • Input / output devices such as a touch screen, a display screen, and a keyboard, are mainly used to receive data input by the user and output data to the user.
  • the processor can read the software program in the storage unit, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program, such as performing related operations of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and then outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit, and the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal
  • the radio frequency signal is transmitted outward through the antenna in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • the RF circuit receives the RF signal through the antenna, converts the RF signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor.
  • the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • FIG. 13 shows only one memory and a processor. In an actual terminal device, there may be multiple processors and memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the processor may include a baseband processor and a central processor.
  • the baseband processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data
  • the central processor is mainly used to control and execute the entire terminal device.
  • the processor in FIG. 13 integrates the functions of the baseband processor and the central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor and the central processing unit may also be independent processors, which are interconnected through technologies such as a bus.
  • the terminal device may include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, the terminal device may include multiple central processors to enhance its processing capabilities, and various components of the terminal device may be connected through various buses.
  • the baseband processor may also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip.
  • the central processing unit may also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip.
  • the function of processing communication protocols and communication data may be built in the processor or stored in the storage unit in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to implement the baseband processing function.
  • the antenna and the control circuit having a transmitting and receiving function may be regarded as a communication unit or a transmitting and receiving unit of a terminal device
  • the processor having a processing function may be regarded as a determining unit or a processing unit of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device includes a transceiver unit 101 and a processing unit 102.
  • the transceiver unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver device, and the like.
  • the device used to implement the receiving function in the transceiver unit 101 can be regarded as a receiving unit, and the device used to implement the transmitting function in the transceiver unit 101 can be regarded as a transmitting unit, that is, the transceiver unit 101 includes an example of a receiving unit and a transmitting unit.
  • the receiving unit may also be called a receiver, a receiver, a receiving circuit, etc.
  • the sending unit may be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of another device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device may be a communication device or a network device, as shown in FIG. 9, and as shown in FIG. 10.
  • Network equipment the device may also be a chip or a circuit, such as a chip or a circuit that can be provided in the communication device shown in FIG. 9 and the network device shown in FIG. 10.
  • the device performs a related operation of the communication device or TRP in the foregoing method.
  • the device may include a processor 610 and a memory 620.
  • the memory 620 is configured to store instructions, and the processor 610 is configured to execute the instructions stored in the memory 620 to enable the device to implement related operations of the foregoing network device, such as a scrambling identification configuration method and / or a data scrambling method.
  • the network may further include a receiver 640 and a transmitter 650. Still further, the network may further include a bus system 630.
  • the processor 610, the memory 620, the receiver 640, and the transmitter 650 are connected through a bus system 630.
  • the processor 610 is configured to execute instructions stored in the memory 620 to control the receiver 640 to receive signals and control the transmitter 650 to send signals.
  • the receiver 640 and the transmitter 650 may be the same or different physical entities. When they are the same physical entity, they can be collectively referred to as transceivers.
  • the memory 620 may be integrated in the processor 610, or may be provided separately from the processor 610.
  • the functions of the receiver 640 and the transmitter 650 may be considered to be implemented through a transceiver circuit or a dedicated chip for transceiver.
  • the processor 610 may be implemented by a dedicated processing chip, a processing circuit, a processor, or a general-purpose chip.
  • a manner of using a general-purpose computer may be considered to implement the communication device or the network device provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the program code that is about to implement the functions of the processor 610, the receiver 640, and the transmitter 650 is stored in the memory, and the general-purpose processor implements the functions of the processor 610, the receiver 640, and the transmitter 650 by executing the code in the memory, for example, processing
  • the processor 610 may call the program code in the memory 620, or perform related operations of the configuration unit, the sending unit, and the like in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 based on the receiver 640 and the transmitter 650, or may also perform the implementation shown in FIG. 10
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device may be a base station, which can send related control information and configuration information to terminal devices, and send and receive data. Take the structure of the base station as an example for illustration. As shown in FIG. 15, the base station can be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1.
  • the base station includes one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 201 and one or more baseband unit (BBU) (also referred to as a digital unit, DU) 202.
  • RRU remote radio unit
  • BBU baseband unit
  • DU digital unit
  • the RRU 201 may be referred to as a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., and may include at least one antenna 2011 and a radio frequency unit 2012.
  • the RRU201 part is mainly used for transmitting and receiving radio frequency signals and converting radio frequency signals and baseband signals, for example, for sending to the terminal device the downlink control information configuration information, downlink control parameters, and related association relationships described in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the BBU202 part is mainly used for baseband processing and controlling base stations.
  • the RRU 201 and the BBU 202 may be physically located together or physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
  • the BBU 202 is a control center of a base station, and may also be referred to as a processing unit, which is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, spread spectrum, and so on.
  • the BBU processing unit
  • the BBU may be used to control a base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the scrambling identification configuration method and / or data scrambling method in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the BBU 202 may be composed of one or more boards, and multiple boards may jointly support a single access system wireless access network (such as an LTE network), or may separately support wireless systems of different access systems. Access Network.
  • the BBU 202 further includes a memory 2021 and a processor 2022.
  • the memory 2021 is used to store necessary instructions and data.
  • the memory 2021 stores the association relationship, downlink control information configuration information, downlink control parameters, and the like in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the processor 2022 is configured to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the memory 2021 and the processor 2022 may serve one or more single boards. That is, the memory and processor can be set separately on each board. It may also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, the necessary circuits can be set on each board.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system including the foregoing network device and one or more terminal devices.
  • the processor may be a Central Processing Unit (“CPU”), and the processor may also be another general-purpose processor, digital signal processor (DSP), or special-purpose integration. Circuits (ASICs), off-the-shelf programmable gate arrays (FPGAs) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the memory may include read-only memory and random access memory, and provide instructions and data to the processor.
  • a portion of the memory may also include non-volatile random access memory.
  • the bus system may also include a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus.
  • a power bus may also include a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus.
  • various buses are marked as a bus system in the figure.
  • each step of the above method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in combination with the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by a hardware processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the software module may be located in a mature storage medium such as a random access memory, a flash memory, a read-only memory, a programmable read-only memory, or an electrically erasable programmable memory, a register, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the above processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not deal with the embodiments of the present invention.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only schematic.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, which may be electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objective of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be from a website site, a computer, a server, or a data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, or the like that includes one or more available medium integration.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state drive (Solid State Disk (SSD)), and the like.

Abstract

一种数据加扰方法及相关设备，该数据加扰方法中，网络设备可以配置与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的一个加扰标识；或配置与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识；其中，所述下行控制信息配置信息为用于获得下行控制信道的参数信息；所述下行控制参数为下行控制信息中包含的参数或与下行控制信息中包含的参数相关的参数；网络设备可以将所述一个或多个加扰标识发送给终端设备。可见，本申请实施例所配置的加扰标识与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的，能够保证在非相干传输中实现干扰随机化。

Description

数据加扰方法及相关设备 技术领域
本申请涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种数据加扰方法及相关设备。
背景技术
在第五代(Fifth Generation，5G)通信系统中，多传输点/多面板/多波束(Multi-TRP/panel/beam)传输技术是实现系统整体性能的提升和解决小区间干扰问题的关键技术。Multi-TRP/panel/beam传输技术在实现方式上包括联合传输技术、动态传输点选择技术、非相干联合传输技术以及协同调度/协同波束赋形技术等多种方案。
目前，信令是针对每个用户设备来分配加扰标识的，即同一个用户设备只有一个加扰标识，这样，在Multi-TRP/panel/beam中，多个传输点/面板/波束向同一个用户设备发送数据，特别是在非相干传输中，各个传输点采用各自独立的预编码方案，此时码字均为0，各传输点对所传输的数据进行加扰时，由于同一个用户设备的用户设备标识号、码字相同，特别是配置的一个加扰标识是与用户设备关联的，即同一个用户设备仅有一个加扰标识，故各传输点用于加扰数据的扰码序列也是相同的，从而导致无法通过加扰实现对各个传输点的数据处理进行干扰随机化的目的。
发明内容
本申请提供了一种数据加扰方法及相关设备，能够为终端设备配置与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的一个加扰标识，或与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识。
第一方面，本申请提供一种加扰标识配置方法，该加扰标识配置方法中，通信设备可以配置与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的一个加扰标识；或配置与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识；所述下行控制信息配置信息为用于获得下行控制信道的参数信息；所述下行控制参数为下行控制信息中包含的参数或与下行控制信息中包含的参数相关的参数；通信设备可以将一个或多个加扰标识发送给终端设备。
其中，下行控制信息配置信息可以为下行控制信道配置参数(Physical Downlink Control Channel Config，PDCCH-Config)，控制资源集合(Control Resource Sets，CORESET)配置参数或者搜索空间配置参数(search space)。其中，PDCCH-Config可以包括CORESET和search space，或者，PDCCH-Config可以包括CORESET的索引号和search space的索引号。该PDCCH-Config包括的参数能够用于检测候选的下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel,PDCCH)。CORESET可以称为控制资源集合，即CORESET的时频资源，如频域所占的资源块大小，时域所占的符号数等；还可以称为控制资源集合配置参数，即指信令配置的相关参数，用于获得CORESET时频资源。搜索空间可以称为搜索空间配置参数，即信令配置的相关参数，用于获得在什么时候，以及采用什么方式搜索候选的或可能的 PDCCH；该搜索空间也可以直接指检测候选PDCCH的地方，或需要检测的地方。
其中，下行控制信息配置信息还可以为下行控制信道配置参数组(Physical Downlink Control Channel Config group，PDCCH-Config group)，控制资源集合配置参数组(CORESET group)或者搜索空间配置参数组(search spacegroup)。其中，下行控制信道配置参数组可以包括一个或多个下行控制信道配置参数或下行控制信道配置参数的索引号；控制资源集合配置参数组可以包括一个或多个控制资源集合配置参数或控制资源集合配置参数的索引号；搜索空间配置参数组可以包括一个或多个搜索空间配置参数或搜索空间配置参数的索引号。
其中，下行控制参数可为下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,DCI)中的参数或与下行控制信息中的参数相关的参数。例如，下行控制参数为与下行控制信息中的参数相关的参数时，该下行控制信息中的参数可为天线端口(antenna port)或antenna port索引号；与该下行控制信息中的参数(如天线端口antenna port或antenna port索引号)相关的参数可以为解调参数信号(Demodulation Reference Signal，DMRS)端口参数。其中，DMRS端口参数可以为DMRS端口、DMRS端口索引号、DMRS端口标识码、DMRS端口组索引号或DMRS端口组标识码。
其中，antenna port索引号、DMRS port以及antenna port之间的关系可以为：终端设备可基于DCI中的antenna port索引号得到DMRS port，进而可利用DMRS port得到antenna port。比如，DMRS port与antenna port之间的关系为：下行系统中的antenna port＝1000+DMRS port；上行系统中的antenna port＝DMRS port。其中，无论上行还是下行，DCI中指示的都是antenna port或antenna port索引号。可选的，终端设备还可以基于该antenna port或antenna port索引号，得到DMRS端口索引号、DMRS端口标识码、DMRS端口组、DMRS端口组索引号或DMRS端口组标识码等。
再例如，下行控制参数为下行控制信息中的参数时，该下行控制参数可为传输块(transport block，TB)相关的参数。其中，TB相关的参数可以为用于配置调制阶数和码率的调制编码策略(Modulation and coding scheme，MCS)参数，用于指示新传，还是重传的新数据指示(New data indicator，NDI)参数以及用于指示当前传输的版本号(Redundancy version，RV)参数等。
可见，通信设备所配置的加扰标识是与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的。也就是说，网络设备或终端设备确定加扰标识是根据下行控制信息的下行控制配置信息或下行控制信息包含的下行控制参数关联的加扰标识来确定的，这样，在基于多DCI的非相干联合传输中，通信设备为终端设备配置多个加扰标识，终端设备采用至少两个加扰标识来获得不同的加扰序列，从而避免了同一个终端设备只配置一个加扰标识时，非相干联合传输中获得的加扰序列相同，导致的无法实现干扰随机化的问题。也就是说，本申请实施例能够保证为终端设备配置的加扰标识与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联，进而可在非相干传输中实现干扰随机化。
在一种可选的实施方式中，通信设备将多个加扰标识发送给终端设备，可以为：通信设备将所述加扰标识携带在数据信道配置信息中发送给所述终端设备。
其中，不同的数据信道配置信息携带的加扰标识不同。
其中，数据信道配置信息可以为物理上行共享信道配置信息(Physical Uplink Shared Channel Config,PUSCH-Config)或物理下行共享信道配置信息(Physical Downlink Shared Channel Config,PUSCH-Config)。
在另一种可选的实施方式中，通信设备将所述一个或多个加扰标识发送给终端设备，包括：所述通信设备将所述一个或多个加扰标识携带在一个数据信道配置信息中发送给终端设备。
在又一种可选的实施方式中，通信设备配置与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的一个加扰标识时，网络设备或终端设备可以基于该配置的加扰标识结合预设计算规则生成一个或多个其他加扰标识。
在一种可选的实施方式中，加扰标识与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数之间的关联关系是预定义的，或者是通过无线资源控制RRC信令、下行控制信息DCI信令和MAC-CE信令中的至少一个信令配置的。
在一种可选的实施方式中，加扰标识与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数之间的关联关系可以是显式配置方式配置的，也可以是隐式配置方式配置的。
其中，显式配置方式是指信令配置了或明确预定义了各加扰标识与各下行控制信息配置信息或各下行控制参数之间的关联关系。
例如，信令配置的有各加扰标识或各加扰标识的索引号与各下行控制信息配置信息或各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号之间的对应关系，例如对应关系表；或者，信令配置的有各加扰标识或各加扰标识的索引号与各下行控制参数或各下行控制参数的索引号之间的对应关系，例如对应关系表。
再例如，明确预定义了各加扰标识与各下行控制信息配置信息或各下行控制参数之间的关联关系为：下行控制信息配置信息比较小的或下行控制信息配置信息的索引号比较小的与加扰标识比较小的或加扰标识的索引号比较小的相关联；或者，下行控制信息配置信息比较小或下行控制信息配置信息的索引号比较小的与加扰标识比较大的或加扰标识的索引号比较大的相关联；或者，下行控制参数比较小的或下行控制参数的索引号比较小的与加扰标识比较小的或加扰标识的索引号比较小的相关联；或者，下行控制参数比较小或下行控制参数的索引号比较小的与加扰标识比较大的或加扰标识的索引号比较大的相关联。
也就是说，降序排列的各加扰标识或降序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应；或者，升序排列的各加扰标识或升序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应；或者，降序排列的各加扰标识或降序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制参数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应；或者，升序排列的各加扰标识或升序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制参数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应。
又例如，通信设备配置一个加扰标识，基于该配置的加扰标识和预设计算规则生成的一个或多个其他加扰标识时，对配置的加扰标识和生成的其他加扰标识可以采用如下明确预定义的固定规则来确定关联关系：
一种可选的实施方式中，多站协作场景下，网络侧发送的多个DCI可以有主辅之分， 其中，主DCI比辅DCI包含更多的参数或指示信息。这样，主DCI对应的下行控制参数或下行控制信息配置信息与通信设备配置的加扰标识相关联；辅DCI对应的下行控制参数或下行控制信息配置信息与生成的加扰标识相关联。其中，当生成的加扰标识为多个时，可以采用上述隐式配置方式配置的关联关系来进一步确定每个生成的加扰标识与各下行控制参数或各下行控制信息配置信息之间的关联关系。
其中，主DCI还可以为包含某个或某些特定参数的DCI，例如，特定参数可以为载波指示信息(Carrier indicator)、部分带宽指示信息(Bandwidth part indicator)、速率匹配指示信息(Rate matching indicator)、零功率信道状态信息参考信号触发信息(zero power channel-state information–reference signal trigger,ZP CSI-RS trigger)；相应的，辅DCI可以为不包含某个或某些特定参数的DCI，例如，不包含上述所述的特定参数。
在另一种可选的实施方式中，主DCI可与通信设备配置的加扰标识相关联，辅DCI可与终端设备生成的加扰标识相关联。
在另一种可选的实施方式中，下行控制信息配置信息较大的或下行控制信息配置信息的索引号较大的可与通信设备配置的加扰标识相关联；或者下行控制参数较大的或下行控制参数的索引号较大的与通信设备配置的加扰标识相关联。而下行控制信息配置信息较小的或下行控制信息配置信息的索引号较小的可与生成的加扰标识相关联；或者下行控制参数较小的或下行控制参数的索引号较小的与生成的加扰标识相关联。
或者，也可以反过来，即下行控制信息配置信息较小的或下行控制信息配置信息的索引号较小的可与通信设备配置的加扰标识相关联；或者下行控制参数较小的或下行控制参数的索引号较小的与通信设备配置的加扰标识相关联。而下行控制信息配置信息较大的或下行控制信息配置信息的索引号较大的可与生成的加扰标识相关联；或者下行控制参数较大的或下行控制参数的索引号较大的与生成的加扰标识相关联。
同样，当生成的加扰标识为多个时，可以采用下述隐式配置方式配置的关联关系来进一步确定每个生成的加扰标识与各下行控制参数或各下行控制信息配置信息之间的关联关系。
其中，各加扰标识与各下行控制信息配置信息或各下行控制参数之间的关联关系以隐式配置方式配置，是指没有相应的指示信息来明确指出它们之间的关联关系或明确预定义了它们之间的关联关系，但可以约定比如互相包含的关系得到它们之间的关联关系。
例如，信令配置的下行控制信息配置信息包含加扰标识或加扰标识索引号，则可将该加扰标识，或该加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识，作为该下行控制信息配置信息关联的加扰标识。或者，信令配置的下行控制信息配置信息既包括下行控制参数或下行控制参数的索引号，又包含加扰标识或加扰标识索引号，则将该加扰标识或该加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识，作为该下行控制参数关联的加扰标识。或者，信令配置的下行控制参数包含加扰标识或加扰标识索引号，则将该加扰标识或该加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识，作为该下行控制参数关联的加扰标识。或者，信令配置的加扰标识参数既包含下行控制参数或下行控制参数的索引号，还包含加扰标识或加扰标识索引号，则将该加扰标识参数包含的加扰标识，或包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识，作为该下行控制参数关联的加扰标识。
在另一种可选的实施方式中，所述加扰标识所在的数据信道配置信息与下行控制信息 配置信息或下行控制参数相关联。
其中，所述数据信道配置信息与所述下行控制信息配置信息或所述下行控制参数之间的关联关系是预定义的，或者是通过无线资源控制(Radio resource control,RRC)信令、下行控制信息(Downlink control information,DCI)信令和媒体接入控制层控制元素(Media Access Control control element,MAC-CE)信令中的至少一个信令配置的。
同样的，数据信道配置信息与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数之间的关联关系可以是显式配置方式配置的，也可以是隐式配置方式配置的。
其中，显式配置方式就是指配置的有相应的指示信息来指示它们之间的关联关系，或者预定义了它们之间的关联关系。
例如，显示配置方式中，信令配置的有各数据信道配置信息或各数据信道配置信息的索引号与各下行控制信息配置信息或各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号之间的对应关系，例如对应关系表，或者，信令配置的有各数据信道配置信息或各数据信道配置信息的索引号与各下行控制参数或各下行控制参数的索引号之间的对应关系，例如对应关系表。
再例如，明确预定义了各数据信道配置信息与各下行控制信息配置信息或各下行控制参数之间的关联关系为：数据信道配置信息较大的或数据信道配置信息的索引号较大的与下行控制信息配置信息较大的或下行控制信息配置信息的索引号较大的相对应；或者，数据信道配置信息较小的或数据信道配置信息的索引号较小的与下行控制信息配置信息较大的或下行控制信息配置信息的索引号较大的相对应；或者，数据信道配置信息较大的或数据信道配置信息的索引号较大的与下行控制参数较大的或下行控制参数的索引号较大的相对应；或者，数据信道配置信息较小的或数据信道配置信息的索引号较小的与下行控制参数较大的或下行控制参数的索引号较大的相对应。
也就是说，降序排列的各数据信道配置信息或降序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应；或者，升序排列的各数据信道配置信息或升序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应；或者，降序排列的各数据信道配置信息或降序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制参数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应；或者，升序排列的各数据信道配置信息或升序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制参数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应。
其中，隐式配置方式就是指没有相应的指示信息或预定义来明确指出它们之间的关联关系，但可以约定比如，互相包含的关系，来获得它们之间的关联关系。例如，信令配置的下行控制信息配置信息包含有数据信道配置信息或数据信道配置信息的索引号，则该数据信道配置信息或该索引号对应的数据信道配置信息与该下行控制信息配置信息之间就存在关联关系；或者，信令配置的结构体或配置信息中既包含数据信道配置信息或数据信道配置信息的索引号，还包含有下行控制参数或下行控制参数的索引号，则该数据信道配置信息或该数据信道配置信息的索引号对应的数据信道配置信息与该下行控制参数或该下行控制参数的索引号对应的下行控制参数之间就存在关联关系。
第二方面，本申请还提供一种数据加扰方法，其中，该数据加扰方法是以网络设备侧进行阐述的。该数据加扰方法可以包括：网络设备确定下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数；所述网络设备确定所述下行控制信息配置信息或者所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识；所述网络设备利用所述加扰标识对数据进行加扰或解扰；所述数据为下行控制信息对应的数据；所述下行控制信息为基于所述下行控制信息配置信息获得的下行控制信道携带的下行控制信息，或者为包含所述下行控制参数的下行控制信息，或者为包含与所述下行控制参数相关的参数的下行控制信息；所述下行控制参数为下行控制信息中包含的参数或与下行控制信息中包含的参数相关的参数，所述下行控制信息配置信息为用于获得下行控制信道的参数信息。
其中，不同的所述下行控制信息配置信息或者不同的所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识不同。
在一种可选的实施方式中，所述下行控制信息配置信息关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制信息配置信息包含的加扰标识或包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：包含所述下行控制参数的下行控制信息配置信息所包含的加扰标识或所包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制参数包含的加扰标识或加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：包含所述下行控制参数的加扰标识参数所包含的加扰标识或所包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识。
在另一种可选的实施方式中，所述下行控制信息配置信息关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制信息配置信息关联的数据信道配置信息中包含的加扰标识或包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制参数关联的数据信道配置信息中包含的加扰标识或包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识。
可见，本申请实施例中，网络设备对数据进行加扰或解扰时，不同的下行控制信息配置信息或不同的下行控制参数关联的加扰标识不同，能够实现对应的数据所采用的加扰序列不同，进而能够保证非相干联合传输中的干扰随机化。
第三方面，本申请还提供一种数据加扰方法，该数据加扰方法以终端设备侧进行阐述，该数据加扰方法包括：终端设备确定通信设备配置的与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的一个加扰标识；或配置的与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识；所述终端设备利用下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数关联的加扰标识，对数据进行加扰或解扰；所述数据为下行控制信息调度的数据；所述下行控制信息为基于所述下行控制信息配置信息获得的下行控制信道携带的下行控制信息，或者为包含所述下行控制参数的下行控制信息，或者为包含与所述下行控制参数相关的参数的下行控制信息；所述下行控制信息配置信息为用于获得下行控制信道的参数信息；所述下行控制参数为下行控制信息中包含的参数或与下行控制信息中包含的参数相关的参数。
可见，本申请实施例中，加扰标识是与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的，这样，终端设备基于下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数可以识别出相应的加扰标识。比如，在多个DCI的非相干联合传输中，各网络设备可采用不同下行控制信息配置信 息或下行控制参数对应的不同加扰标识来传输数据，终端设备能够识别出各下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数对应的加扰标识，从而可采用至少两个加扰标识获得不同的加扰序列，避免了终端设备只配置唯一加扰标识，所导致的获得的加扰序列相同，造成非相干联合传输中无法实现干扰随机化的目的。
在一种可选的实施方式中，所述终端设备确定通信设备配置的与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识，包括：终端设备接收通信设备发送的多个数据信道配置信息后从所述多个数据信道配置信息中确定与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识，其中，每个数据信道配置信息中包含一个加扰标识。
其中，不同的数据信道配置信息携带的加扰标识不同。
在另一种可选的实施方式中，终端设备确定通信设备配置的与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的一个加扰标识；或配置的与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识，包括：终端设备接收通信设备发送的一个数据信道配置信息后从所述数据信道配置信息中确定与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的一个加扰标识；或配置的与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识。
在又一种可选的实施方式中，所述终端设备确定网络设备配置一个加扰标识时，所述方法还包括：所述终端设备基于配置的加扰标识和预设计算规则生成一个或多个其他加扰标识。这样，与上述实施方式相比，能够降低信令开销。
相应的，每个加扰标识所在的数据信道配置信息与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联；每个数据信道配置信息与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数之间的关联关系是预定义的，或者是通过无线资源控制RRC信令、下行控制信息DCI信令和MAC-CE信令中的至少一个信令配置的。
其中，预定义的每个数据信道配置信息与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数之间的关联关系，或信令，如RRC信令、DCI信令或者MAC-CE信令，配置的每个数据信道配置信息与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数之间的关联关系，可以参考上述第一方面所述的隐式配置方式及显示配置方式，此处不再详述。
在一种可选的实施方式中，所述加扰标识与所述下行控制信息配置信息或所述下行控制参数之间的关联关系是预定义的，或者是通过无线资源控制RRC信令、下行控制信息DCI信令和MAC-CE信令中的至少一个信令配置的。
其中，预定义的所述加扰标识与所述下行控制信息配置信息或所述下行控制参数之间的关联关系，或信令(如RRC信令、DCI信令和MAC-CE信令中的至少一个信令)配置的所述加扰标识与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数之间的关联关系，可以参考上述第一方面所述的显示配置方式所述的相关内容，此处不再详述。
相应的，隐式配置方式配置的所述加扰标识与所述下行控制信息配置信息或所述下行控制参数之间的关联关系，也可以参考上述第一方面所述的隐式配置方式所述的相关内容，此处不再详述。
在另一种可选的实施方式中，加扰标识所在的数据信道配置信息与下行控制信息配置 信息或下行控制参数相关联；所述数据信道配置信息与所述下行控制信息配置信息或所述下行控制参数之间的关联关系是预定义的，或者是通过无线资源控制RRC信令、下行控制信息DCI信令和媒体接入控制层控制元素MAC-CE信令中的至少一个信令配置的。
其中，预定义的所述数据信道配置信息与所述下行控制信息配置信息或所述下行控制参数之间的关联关系，或信令(如RRC信令、DCI信令和MAC-CE信令中的至少一个)配置的所述数据信道配置信息与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数之间的关联关系，可以参考上述第一方面所述的显示配置方式所述的相关内容，此处不再详述。
相应的，隐式配置方式配置的所述数据信道配置信息与所述下行控制信息配置信息或所述下行控制参数之间的关联关系，也可以参考上述第一方面所述的隐式配置方式所述的相关内容，此处不再详述。
本申请实施例中，所述终端设备利用下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数关联的加扰标识，对数据进行加扰或解扰，包括：所述终端设备确定下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数；所述终端设备确定所述下行控制信息配置信息关联的加扰标识或所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识；所述终端设备利用所述加扰标识对数据进行加扰或解扰。
在一种可选的实施方式中，所述下行控制信息配置信息关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制信息配置信息关联的数据信道配置信息中包含的加扰标识或包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制参数关联的数据信道配置信息中包含的加扰标识或包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识。
在另一种可选的实施方式中，下行控制信息配置信息关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制信息配置信息包含的加扰标识或包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；
或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：包含所述下行控制参数的下行控制信息配置信息所包含的加扰标识或所包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；
或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制参数包含的加扰标识或加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；
或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：包含所述下行控制参数的加扰标识参数所包含的加扰标识或所包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识。
在又一种可选的实施方式中，下行控制信息配置信息关联的加扰标识可以通过预定义的或信令配置的下行控制信息配置信息与加扰标识之间的对应关系，或者通过预定义的或信令配置的下行控制信息配置信息与数据信道配置信息之间的对应关系，获得的。或者下行控制参数关联的加扰标识可以通过预定义的或信令配置的下行控制参数与加扰标识之间的对应关系，或者通过预定义的或信令配置的下行控制参数与数据信道配置信息之间的对应关系。
另外，本申请实施例中，终端设备所具有的能力不同，网络设备为终端设备配置的加扰标识可能也不同。其中，终端设备所具有的能力是指终端设备是否支持多个DCI的非相干传输，或者是否支持同一时间单元(例如1个时隙slot)接收到两个DCI，或者是否支持被配置多个加扰标识或者被配置多个数据信道配置信息或者被配置多个下行控制信息配置信息等。
一种可选的实施方式中，如果终端设备不支持多个DCI的非相干传输，则该终端设备 不期望被配置多个加扰标识，此时网络设备只能为该终端设备配置一个加扰标识，且终端设备不期望该加扰标识与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联。在另一种可选的实施方式中，如果终端设备不支持多个DCI的非相干传输，则该终端设备不期望被配置多个加扰标识，且不期望所配置的一个加扰标识和下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数之间的关联关系，则网络设备可针对该终端设备配置一加扰标识，该加扰标识不与其他配置参数存在关联关系。
在又一种可选的实施方式中，假设终端设备不支持多个DCI的非相干传输，但不对网络设备做任何限制，即网络设备依旧可以采用上述可选的实施方式为终端设备配置多个加扰标识，以及每个加扰标识与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数之间的关联关系。相应的，终端设备可以以预设规则来从中选择一个加扰标识。例如，该预设规则为终端设备选择较小的下行控制信息配置信息或索引号较小的下行控制信息配置信息关联的加扰标识；或者为终端设备选择较小的下行控制参数或索引号较小的下行控制参数关联的加扰标识；或者在网络设备配置一个加扰标识，其他加扰标识基于配置的加扰标识和预设计算规则生成的情况下，终端设备选择配置的加扰标识或选择生成的加扰标识。
在又一种可选的实施方式中，假设终端设备不支持多个DCI的非相干传输，但不对网络设备做任何限制，即网络设备依旧可以采用上述可选的实施方式为终端设备配置多个加扰标识，以及每个加扰标识与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数之间的关联关系。相应的，终端设备依旧可以基于关联关系来确定加扰标识。
在一种可选的实施方式中，终端设备支持多个DCI的非相干传输，在网络设备只配置了一个加扰标识的情况下，终端设备不期望有加扰标识与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数之间的关联关系，则终端设备直接利用该配置的加扰标识进行加扰或解扰。或者，此时终端设备不对上述关联关系进行限制，则终端设备依旧可以采用该关联关系和加扰标识进行加扰或解扰。
在另一种可选的实施方式中，终端设备支持多个DCI的非相干传输，且网络设备为终端设备配置了多个加扰标识，则：
假设终端设备被告知处于多DCI非相干传输的场景，则终端设备或网络设备按照之前的实施例基于关联关系来选择加扰标识。
假设终端设备被告知未处于多DCI非相干传输的场景，即终端设备只需一个加扰标识，一种实施方式中，终端设备可以采用预设规则来选择该一个加扰标识。例如，该预设规则为终端设备选择较小的下行控制信息配置信息或索引号较小的下行控制信息配置信息关联的加扰标识；或者为终端设备选择较小的下行控制参数或索引号较小的下行控制参数关联的加扰标识；或者在网络设备配置一个加扰标识，其他加扰标识基于配置的加扰标识和预设计算规则生成的情况下，终端设备选择配置的加扰标识或选择生成的加扰标识。在另一种实施方式中，终端设备可以依旧采用关联关系来确定该一个加扰标识。
作为一种可选的实施例，如果终端设备被告知不处于多DCI的非相干传输场景，则该终端设备不期望被配置多个加扰标识，也就是说，终端设备只能被配置一个加扰标识，若此时终端设备还不期望被配置加扰标识与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数之间的关联关系，则网络设备只需为该终端设备配置一个加扰标识，终端设备利用该加扰标识进行 加扰或解扰。若终端设备仅不期望被配置多个加扰标识，对关联关系不做限制，则网络设备为该终端设备配置的加扰标识，可依旧保留关联关系。
其中，终端设备被告知不处于多DCI的非相关传输场景，表示该终端设备此时一定不会处于该场景；若终端设备被告知处于多DCI非相干传输的场景，则表示该终端设备有可能处于该场景，也有可能没有处于该场景，但不代表会时时处于该场景。
其中，上述基于终端设备的能力所述的可选的实施方式，是为了照顾到，依据终端设备具有的能力的不同，或者终端设备当前所处场景的不同，加扰标识的确定也相应有改变，从而有利于本申请在实施时保证方案的完整性。
应理解，本申请第一方面至第三方面所述的通信设备、网络设备以及终端设备可以位于同一个通信系统中，通信设备配置的一个加扰标识是与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的；或配置的多个加扰标识是与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的。其中，不同的下行控制信息配置信息或不同的下行控制参数所关联的加扰标识的值可以相同，比如，多个传输接收点为同一个终端设备发送相同的数据时，由于数据相同可以提高鲁棒性，不需要考虑干扰随机化的问题，故多个传输接收点所采用的加扰标识的值可以相同。另外，不同的下行控制信息配置信息或不同的下行控制参数所关联的加扰标识的值可以不同，比如，多个传输接收点为同一个终端设备发送不同的数据时，需要考虑干扰随机化的问题，故多个传输接收点所采用的加扰标识的值可以不同。总之，本申请实施例所述的方案可以结合终端设备的能力以及通信场景来配置一个加扰标识，还是多个加扰标识，并且加扰标识的关联关系不需要改变，即整个通信系统的配置架构不变，从而可以实现将通信系统平滑过渡到多个加扰标识的应用场景，来解决非相干联合传输场景中干扰随机化的问题。
第四方面，本申请还提供了一种通信设备，该通信设备具有实现上述方法示例中通信设备的部分或全部功能，比如通信设备的功能可具备本申请中的部分或全部实施例中的功能，也可以具备单独实施本申请中的任一个实施例的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元或模块。
在一种可能的设计中，该通信设备的结构中可包括配置单元和发送单元，所述配置单元被配置为支持通信设备执行上述方法中相应的功能。所述发送单元用于支持通信设备与其他设备之间的通信。所述通信设备还可以包括存储单元，所述存储单元用于与配置单元和发送单元耦合，其保存通信设备必要的程序指令和数据。作为示例，配置单元可以为处理器，发送单元可以为收发器，存储单元可以为存储器。
第五方面，本申请还提供了一种网络设备，该网络设备具有实现上述方法示例中网络设备的部分或全部功能，比如网络设备的功能可具备本申请中的部分或全部实施例中的功能，也可以具备单独实施本申请中的任一个实施例的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元或模块。
在一种可能的设计中，该网络设备的结构中可包括确定单元和处理单元，所述确定单元和所述处理单元被配置为支持网络设备执行上述方法中相应的功能。所述网络设备还可以包含通信单元，用于支持网络设备与其他设备之间的通信，比如发送加扰的数据，或接收待解扰的数据。所述网络设备还可以包括存储单元，所述存储单元用于与确定单元和处理单元耦合，其保存网络设备必要的程序指令和数据。作为示例，处理单元和确定单元可以为处理器，通信单元可以为收发器，存储单元可以为存储器。
又一方面，本发明实施例提供一种终端设备，该终端设备具有实现上述方法示例中终端设备的部分或全部功能，比如该终端设备的功能可具备本申请中的部分或全部实施例中的功能，也可以具备单独实施本申请中的任一个实施例的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元或模块。
在一种可能的设计中，该终端设备的结构中包括处理单元和确定单元，所述确定单元和处理单元被配置为支持终端设备执行上述方法中相应的功能。所述终端设备还可以包含通信单元，用于支持终端设备与其他设备之间的通信。所述终端设备还可以包括存储单元，所述存储单元用于与处理单元、确定单元及通信单元相耦合，其保存终端设备必要的程序指令和数据。作为示例，确定单元和处理单元可以为处理器，通信单元可以为收发器，存储单元可以为存储器。
又一方面，本发明实施例提供了一种通信系统，该系统包括上述方面的至少一个通信设备、至少一个网络设备和至少一个终端设备。在另一种可能的设计中，该系统还可以包括本发明实施例提供的方案中与终端设备、网络设备或通信设备进行交互的其他设备。
又一方面，本发明实施例提供了一种计算机存储介质，用于储存为上述网络设备所用的计算机软件指令，其包括用于执行上述方法的任一方面所设计的程序。
又一方面，本发明实施例提供了一种计算机存储介质，用于储存为上述终端设备所用的计算机软件指令，其包括用于执行上述方法的任一方面所设计的程序。
又一方面，本申请还提供了一种包括指令的计算机程序产品，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述各方面所述的方法。
又一方面，本申请提供了一种芯片系统，该芯片系统包括处理器，用于支持通信设备或网络设备上述方面中所涉及的功能，例如，确定或处理上述方法中所涉及的数据和/或信息。在一种可能的设计中，所述芯片系统还包括存储器，所述存储器，用于保存网络设备必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片系统，可以由芯片构成，也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。
又一方面，本申请提供了一种芯片系统，该芯片系统包括处理器，用于支持终端设备实现上述方面中所涉及的功能，例如，生成或处理上述方法中所涉及的数据和/或信息。在一种可能的设计中，所述芯片系统还包括存储器，所述存储器，用于保存终端设备必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片系统，可以由芯片构成，也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。
附图说明
图1是本申请实施例提供的一种多传输接收点协作传输的示意图；
图2a-图2c是本申请实施例提供的一种加扰标识配置方式的示意图；
图3a-图3c是本申请实施例提供的另一种加扰标识配置方式的示意图；
图4a-图4b是本申请实施例提供的又一种加扰标识配置方式的示意图；
图5a-图5c是本申请实施例提供的又一种加扰标识配置方式的示意图；
图6a-图6d是本申请实施例提供的又一种加扰标识配置方式的示意图；
图7a-图7b是本申请实施例提供的又一种加扰标识配置方式的示意图；
图8是本申请实施例提供的一种数据加扰方法的流程示意图；
图9是本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图；
图10是本申请实施例提供的另一种网络设备的结构示意图；
图11是本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图；
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种设备的示意图；
图13是本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图；
图14为本申请实施例提供的另一设备的结构示意图；
图15为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
为了解决网络设备为终端设备只能配置一个加扰标识，进而导致非相干联合传输中，只能采用相同的加扰序列所引起的无法实现干扰随机化的问题，本申请实施例提供一种加扰标识配置方法、数据加扰方法及相关设备。
本申请的技术方案可具体应用于各种通信系统中，例如：全球移动通讯系统(Global system for mobile communications，缩写：GSM)、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access，缩写：CDMA)、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access，缩写：WCDMA)、时分同步码分多址(Time Division-Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access，缩写：TD-SCDMA)、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunications System，缩写：UMTS)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution，缩写：LTE)系统等，随着通信技术的不断发展，本申请的技术方案还可用于未来网络，如5G系统，也可以称为新空口(New Radio，缩写：NR)系统，或者可用于设备到设备(device to device，缩写：D2D)系统，机器到机器(machine to machine，缩写：M2M)系统等等。
本申请涉及的网络设备可以是指网络侧的一种用来发送或接收信息的实体，比如可以是基站，或者可以是传输点(transmission point，缩写：TP)、传输接收点(transmission and receptionpoint，缩写：TRP)、中继设备，或者具备基站功能的其他网络设备等等，本申请不做限定。而本申请涉及的通信设备可以是集中控制模块，或者是其他的网络设备。该通信设备能够为终端设备配置与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的一个加扰标识；或配置与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识。其中，本申请中，通信设备与网络设备可以为同一个设备，也可以为不同的设备。
在本申请中，终端设备是一种具有通信功能的设备，其可以包括具有无线通信功能的手持设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备等。在不同的网络中终端设备可以叫做不同的名称，例如：终端(terminal)，用户设备(user equipment，缩写：UE)，移动台，用户单元，中继(Relay)，站台，蜂窝电话，个人数字 助理，无线调制解调器，无线通信设备，手持设备，膝上型电脑，无绳电话，无线本地环路台等。该终端设备可以是指无线终端、有线终端。该无线终端可以是指向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备，具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的其他处理设备，其可以经无线接入网(如RAN，radio access network)与一个或多个核心网进行通信。
例如，如图1所示，图1是本申请实施例提供的一种多传输接收点协作传输的示意图，图1以网络设备TRP1和TRP2，分别为终端设备传输数据为例。
在第五代通信系统中，用于数据加扰的加扰序列初始状态为：
c init＝n RNTI·2 15+q·2 14+n ID
其中，n RNTI为PDSCH/PUSCH传输时的无线网络临时标识；q是码字(单码字时，q＝0，复用模式时，一个传输块对应的码字q＝0，另一个传输块对应的码字q＝1)；n ID是信令为终端设备配置的唯一加扰标识(也可以称为加扰ID)。
可见，在非相干联合传输中，假设两个网络设备TRP1和TRP2为终端设备传输数据，每个TRP发送单个码字给UE，则每个TRP的码字q均为0，终端设备的无线网络临时标识相同，加扰标识也相同，从而导致两个TRP基于上述公式获得的加扰序列均相同，也就无法实现干扰随机化。
为了解决该问题，通信设备可以配置与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的一个加扰标识；或配置与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识，所述下行控制信息配置信息为用于获得下行控制信道的参数信息；所述下行控制参数为下行控制信息中包含的参数或与下行控制信息中包含的参数相关的参数；并将该一个或多个加扰标识发送给终端设备。
正是由于存在上述配置内容，网络设备可以确定下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数；继而确定所述下行控制信息配置信息或者所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识；所述网络设备利用所述加扰标识对数据进行加扰或解扰；相应的，终端设备确定通信设备配置的与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的一个加扰标识；或配置的与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识；所述终端设备可利用下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数关联的加扰标识，对数据进行加扰或解扰。其中，不同的所述下行控制信息配置信息或者不同的所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识可不同；所述数据为下行控制信息对应的数据；所述下行控制信息为基于所述下行控制信息配置信息获得的下行控制信道携带的下行控制信息，或者为包含所述下行控制参数的下行控制信息，或者为包含与所述下行控制参数相关的参数的下行控制信息。
也就是说，当应用到多个DCI的场景中，终端设备能够识别出每个DCI对应的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数关联的加扰标识，对数据进行加扰或解扰；避免了现有技术中仅能为终端设备配置一个加扰标识所导致的问题，比如非相关联合传输中无法实现干扰随机化的问题。
本申请实施例中，下行控制信息配置信息是指用于获得下行控制信道的参数信息，网络设备侧可以通过信令向终端发送多个下行控制信息配置信息。该下行控制信息配置信息还可以称为下行控制信息配置字段、下行控制信息信息元素(information element,IE)等。
该下行控制信息配置信息可以为下行控制信道配置参数(Physical Downlink Control Channel Config，PDCCH-Config)，控制资源集合配置参数(Control Resource Sets，CORESET)或者搜索空间(search space)配置参数。其中，PDCCH-Config可以包括control resource sets和search space，该PDCCH-Config包括的参数用于检测候选的下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel,PDCCH)。CORESET可以称为控制资源集合，即CORESET的时频资源，如频域所占的资源块大小，时域所占的符号数等；还可以称为控制资源集合配置参数，即指信令配置的相关参数，用于获得CORESET时频资源。搜索空间可以称为搜索空间配置参数，即信令配置的相关参数，用于获得在什么时候，以及采用什么方式搜索候选的或可能的PDCCH；该搜索空间也可以直接指检测候选PDCCH的地方，或需要检测的地方。
其中，下行控制信息配置信息还可以为下行控制信道配置参数组(Physical Downlink Control Channel Config group，PDCCH-Config group)，控制资源集合配置参数组(CORESET group)或者搜索空间配置参数组(search space group)。其中，下行控制信道配置参数组可以包括一个或多个下行控制信道配置参数或下行控制信道配置参数的索引号；控制资源集合配置参数组可以包括一个或多个控制资源集合配置参数或控制资源集合配置参数的索引号；搜索空间配置参数组可以包括一个或多个搜索空间配置参数或搜索空间配置参数的索引号。
本申请实施例中，下行控制参数为下行控制信息中包含的参数或与下行控制信息中包含的参数相关的参数。例如，下行控制参数为与下行控制信息中的参数相关的参数时，该下行控制信息中的参数可为天线端口(antenna port)或antenna port索引号，与该下行控制信息中的参数(如天线端口antenna port或antenna port索引号)相关的参数可以为解调参数信号(Demodulation Reference Signal，DMRS)端口参数。其中，DMRS端口参数可以为DMRS端口、DMRS端口索引号、DMRS端口标识码、DMRS端口组索引号或DMRS端口组标识码。
其中，antenna port索引号、DMRS port以及antenna port之间的关系可以为：终端设备可基于antenna port索引号得到DMRS port，然后可利用DMRS port获得antenna port。例如，下行系统中的antenna port＝1000+DMRS port；上行系统中的antenna port＝DMRS port。其中，无论上行还是下行，DCI中指示的都是antenna port或antenna port索引号。可选的，终端设备还可以基于该antenna port或antenna port索引号，得到DMRS端口索引号、DMRS端口标识码、DMRS端口组、DMRS端口组索引号或DMRS端口组标识码等。
其中，若信令配置的是DMRS端口与加扰标识之间的关联关系，则网络设备或终端设备可根据确定的DCI中的天线端口或天线端口索引号，得到DMRS端口；终端设备或网络设备利用该DMRS端口关联的加扰标识对确定的DCI对应的数据进行加扰或解扰。若信令配置的是DMRS端口组与加扰标识之间的关联关系，则网络设备或终端设备基于该antenna port或antenna port索引号推导出DMRS port后，还需确定该DMRS port所属的DMRS端 口组，选择该DMRS端口组关联的加扰标识对数据进行加扰或解扰。
再例如，下行控制参数为下行控制信息中的参数时，该下行控制参数可为传输块(transport block，TB)相关的参数。其中，TB相关的参数可以为用于配置调制阶数和码率的调制编码策略(Modulation and coding scheme，MCS)参数，用于指示新传，还是重传的新数据指示(New data indicator，NDI)参数、用于指示当前传输的冗余版本号(Redundancy version，RV)参数等。
在一种可选的实施方式中，通信设备将多个加扰标识发送给终端设备，可以为：通信设备将所述加扰标识携带在数据信道配置信息中发送给所述终端设备。其中，不同的数据信道配置信息携带的加扰标识不同。
其中，数据信道配置信息可以为物理上行共享信道配置信息(Physical Uplink Shared Channel Config,PUSCH-Config)或物理下行共享信道配置信息(Physical Downlink Shared Channel Config,PUSCH-Config)。
在另一种可选的实施方式中，通信设备将所述一个或多个加扰标识发送给终端设备，包括：所述通信设备将所述一个或多个加扰标识携带在一个数据信道配置信息中发送给终端设备。
在又一种可选的实施方式中，通信设备配置一个加扰标识，通信设备或终端设备可以基于该配置的加扰标识结合预设计算规则生成一个或多个其他加扰标识。
在一种可选的实施方式中，加扰标识与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数之间的关联关系是预定义的，或者是通过无线资源控制RRC信令、下行控制信息DCI信令和MAC-CE信令中的至少一个信令配置的。
在一种可选的实施方式中，加扰标识与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数之间的关联关系可以以显式配置方式配置，也可以以隐式配置方式配置。其中，显式配置方式就是指配置的有相应的指示信息来指示它们之间的关联关系，或者预定义了它们之间的关联关系。其中，隐式配置方式就是指没有相应的指示信息或预定义来明确指出它们之间的关联关系，但可以约定，比如，互相包含的关系，来获得它们之间的关联关系。
在另一种可选的实施方式中，所述加扰标识所在的数据信道配置信息与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联。其中，所述数据信道配置信息与所述下行控制信息配置信息或所述下行控制参数之间的关联关系是预定义的，或者是通过无线资源控制(Radio resource control,RRC)信令、下行控制信息(Downlink control information,DCI)信令、媒体接入控制层控制元素(Media Access Control control element,MAC-CE)信令配置的。
同样的，数据信道配置信息与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数之间的关联关系可以是显式配置方式配置的，也可以是隐式配置方式配置的。
相应的，终端设备可以以协议预定义的方式、接收信令发送的上述关联关系以及基于上述隐式配置方式或显示配置方式中的至少一种来获知上述关联关系。
以下结合附图对上述所述的隐式配置方式和显示配置方式进行阐述。
其中，本文所述的较大的或较小的是指网络设备或终端设备确定的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制信息配置信息的索引号在信令配置的多个下行控制信息配置信息或多个下行控制信息配置信息的索引号中属于较大的或较小的，具体可用一阈值来判定所确定的下 行控制信息配置信息或下行控制信息配置信息的索引号为较大的或较小的。相应的，这里所述的较大的或较小的也可以是指网络设备或终端设备确定的下行控制参数或下行控制参数的索引号在信令配置的多个下行控制参数或多个下行控制参数的索引号中属于较大的或较小的，具体可用一阈值来判定所确定的下行控制参数或下行控制参数的索引号为较大的或较小的。相应的，加扰标识较小/较大的、加扰标识的索引号较小/较大的，数据信道配置信息较小/较大的，或数据信道配置信息的索引号较小/较大的，也是同理，此处不再详述。
1显式配置方式
1.1通过信令配置各加扰标识与各下行控制信息配置信息或各下行控制参数之间的对应关系
例如，通过信令在数据信道配置信息如PDSCH-Config/PUSCH-Config中配置各加扰标识或各加扰标识索引号与各下行控制信息配置信息或各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号之间的对应关系；或者，通过信令在数据信道配置信息或控制信道配置信息中，如PDSCH-Config/PUSCH-Config/PDCCH-Config中配置各加扰标识或各加扰标识索引号与各下行控制参数或各下行控制参数的索引号之间的对应关系。
这样，网络设备或终端设备确定下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数，采用与该下行控制配置信息对应的加扰标识，或者与该下行控制参数对应的加扰标识进行数据的加扰或解扰。
以下行控制信息配置信息为PDCCH-Config，下行控制参数为DMRS端口组索引号或TB索引号为例，请参阅图2a-图2c，图2a-图2c是本申请实施例提供的一种加扰标识配置方式的示意图，如图2a所示，PDSCH-Config/PUSCH-Config中配置的有各加扰标识索引号与各PDCCH-Config的索引号之间的对应关系。如图2b所示，PDSCH-Config/PUSCH-Config/PDCCH-Config中配置的有各加扰标识索引号与各DMRS端口组索引号之间的对应关系。如图2c所示，PDSCH-Config/PUSCH-Config/PDCCH-Config中配置的有各加扰标识索引号与各TB索引号之间的对应关系。
以图2a为例，下行控制信息配置信息为PDCCH-Config。终端设备基于网络设备配置的多个PDCCH-Config，能够检测到PDCCH的PDCCH-Config，记为PDCCH-Config1。假设UE基于PDCCH-Config1，检测到了PDCCH1，这样，终端设备基于信令配置的如图2a所示的PDSCH-Config/PUSCH-Config，可以获得PDCCH-Config1对应的加扰标识为加扰标识1；终端设备检测到的PDCCH1携带的DCI，记为DCI1，故终端设备可利用加扰标识1对DCI1调度的下行数据进行解扰，或者，可利用加扰标识1对DCI1调度的上行数据进行加扰。
以图2b为例，下行控制参数为DMRS端口组索引号，下行控制信息中与该DMRS端口组索引号相关的参数为天线端口或天线端口索引号。终端设备检测到的DCI，记为DCI1；终端设备基于该DCI1携带的天线端口索引号获得对应的DMRS端口组索引号，记为DMRS端口组1；终端设备基于信令配置的如图2b所示的PDSCH-Config/PUSCH-Config，可以获得DMRS端口组1对应的加扰标识为加扰标识1，故终端设备可利用加扰标识1对DCI1调度的下行数据进行解扰，或者，可利用加扰标识1对DCI1调度的上行数据进行加扰。
以图2c为例，下行控制参数为TB索引号，以下行控制信息中与TB索引号相关的参数为DCI format1_1为例，在DCI format1_1中，会有2个TB的配置信息，如TB1和TB2。DCI format1_1中，每个TB对应的参数为MCS、NDI和RV。在NR中，DCI format1_1支持使能1个TB，而让另一个TB不使能(disable)。某个TB对应的参数中MCS＝26，RV＝1时，则认为该TB disable，另一个TB的MCS和RV值正常，则认为该TB使能。故以图2c为例，终端设备检测到的DCI，记为DCI1；终端设备基于该DCI1中DCI format1_1中TB的配置信息确定使能的TB，记为TB1；终端设备基于信令配置的如图2c所示的PDSCH-Config/PUSCH-Config，可以获得TB1对应的加扰标识为加扰标识1，故终端设备可利用加扰标识1对DCI1调度的下行数据进行解扰，或者，可利用加扰标识1对DCI1调度的上行数据进行加扰。
1.2通过信令配置各数据信道配置信息与各下行控制信息配置信息或各下行控制参数之间的对应关系
这样，网络设备或终端设备确定下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数，还需要确定该下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数关联的数据信道配置信息，采用数据信道配置信息包含的加扰标识对数据进行加扰或解扰。
以数据信道配置信息为PDSCH-Config，下行控制信息配置信息为PDCCH-Config，下行控制参数为DMRS端口组索引号或TB索引号为例，请参阅图3a-图3c，图3a-图3c是本申请实施例提供的另一种加扰标识配置方式的示意图，如图3a所示，某个结构体或配置信息中配置的有各PDSCH-Config索引号与各PDCCH-Config的索引号之间的对应关系，其中，该结构体或配置信息可以为下行专属部分带宽(bandwidth part-Downlink Dedicated,BWP-Downlink Dedicated)，或者，部分带宽信息元素(bandwidth part information element,BWP-information element)。如图3b所示，某个结构体或配置信息(如PDCCH-Config)中配置的有各PDSCH-Config索引号与各DMRS端口组索引号之间的对应关系。如图3c所示，某个结构体或配置信息(如PDCCH-Config)中配置的有各PDSCH-Config索引号与各TB索引号之间的对应关系。
比如，该结构体或配置信息为下行专属部分带宽(bandwidth part-Downlink Dedicated,BWP-Downlink Dedicated)中，或者，部分带宽信息元素(bandwidth part information element,BWP-information element)。
以图3a为例，终端设备基于网络设备配置的多个PDCCH-Config，能够检测到PDCCH的PDCCH-Config，记为PDCCH-Config1，这样，终端设备基于信令配置的如图3a所示的结构体，可以获得PDCCH-Config1关联的PDSCH-Config，记为PDSCH-Config1，该PDSCH-Config1包含的加扰标识，记为加扰标识1；终端设备检测到的PDCCH携带的DCI，记为DCI1，故终端设备可利用加扰标识1对DCI1调度的下行数据进行解扰。
以图3b为例，下行控制参数为DMRS端口组索引号，下行控制信息中与该DMRS端口组索引号相关的参数为天线端口或天线端口索引号。终端设备检测到的PDCCH携带的DCI，记为DCI1；终端设备基于该DCI1中的天线端口索引号获得对应的DMRS端口组索引号，记为DMRS端口组1；终端设备基于信令配置的如图3b所示的结构体，可以获得DMRS端口组1关联的PDSCH-Config，记为PDSCH-Config1，故终端设备可利用 PDSCH-Config1包含的加扰标识1对DCI1调度的下行数据进行解扰。
以图3c为例，终端设备检测到的DCI，记为DCI1；终端设备基于该DCI1中DCI format1_1中TB的配置信息确定使能的TB，记为TB1；终端设备基于信令配置的如图3c所示的结构体，可以获得TB1关联的PDSCH-Config，记为PDSCH-Config1，故终端设备可利用PDSCH-Config1包含的加扰标识1对DCI1调度的下行数据进行解扰。
1.3明确预定义各加扰标识与各下行控制信息配置信息或各下行控制参数之间的关联关系
在一种可选的实施方式中，降序排列的各加扰标识或降序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应。以下行控制信息配置信息为PDCCH-Config为例，网络设备为终端设备配置的加扰标识分别为加扰标识1、加扰标识2和加扰标识3，为终端设备配置的PDCCH-Config为PDCCH-Config1、PDCCH-Config2和PDCCH-Config3，则加扰标识3与PDCCH-Config3相关联，加扰标识2与PDCCH-Config2相关联，加扰标识1与PDCCH-Config1相关联。这样，终端设备检测到PDCCH的PDCCH-Config，记为PDCCH-Config1，则终端设备可根据上述预定义的规则，确定PDCCH-Config1对应的加扰标识为加扰标识1，故终端设备可利用该加扰标识1对检测到的PDCCH携带的DCI所调度的数据进行加扰或解扰。
其中，本申请实施例以举例方式假设网络设备为终端设备配置的加扰标识为3个，实际中也可以为其他个数，比如2个或多个等。
在另一种可选的实施方式中，升序排列的各加扰标识或升序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应。例如，上述网络设备配置的加扰标识和PDCCH-Config，加扰标识1与PDCCH-Config3相关联，加扰标识2与PDCCH-Config2相关联，加扰标识3与PDCCH-Config1相关联。这样，终端设备确定PDCCH-Config1对应的加扰标识为加扰标识3，故终端设备可利用该加扰标识3对检测到的PDCCH携带的DCI所调度的数据进行加扰或解扰。
在又一种可选的实施方式中，降序排列的各加扰标识或降序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制参数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应。例如，以下行控制参数为DMRS端口组索引号为例，网络设备为终端设备配置的加扰标识分别为加扰标识1、加扰标识2和加扰标识3，为终端设备配置的DMRS端口组为DMRS端口组1、DMRS端口组2和DMRS端口组3，则加扰标识3与DMRS端口组3相关联，加扰标识2与DMRS端口组2相关联，加扰标识1与DMRS端口组1相关联。这样，终端设备检测的DCI，记为DCI1；终端设备根据该DCI1中的天线端口或天线端口索引号获得对应的DMRS端口组，即为DMRS端口组1，则终端设备可根据该预定义的规则，确定DMRS端口组1对应的加扰标识为加扰标识1，故终端设备可利用该加扰标识1对DCI1所调度的数据进行加扰或解扰。
再例如，以下行控制参数为TB索引号为例，网络设备为终端设备配置的加扰标识分别为加扰标识1、加扰标识2，为终端设备配置的TB为TB1、TB2，则加扰标识2与TB2相关联，加扰标识1与TB1相关联。这样，终端设备检测的DCI，记为DCI1；终端设备 根据该DCI1中的TB相关的参数，获得使能的TB，若使能TB为TB1，则终端设备可根据该预定义的关联关系，确定TB1对应的加扰标识为加扰标识1，故终端设备可利用该加扰标识1对DCI1所调度的数据进行加扰或解扰。
在又一种可选的实施方式中，升序排列的各加扰标识或升序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制参数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应。例如，如基于上述网络设备为终端设备配置的加扰标识和DMRS端口组，则加扰标识1与DMRS端口组3相关联，加扰标识2与DMRS端口组2相关联，加扰标识3与DMRS端口组1相关联。这样，终端设备可根据该预定义的规则，确定DMRS端口组1对应的加扰标识为加扰标识3，故终端设备可利用该加扰标识3对DCI1所调度的数据进行加扰或解扰。
再例如，以下行控制参数为TB索引号为例，网络设备为终端设备配置的加扰标识分别为加扰标识1、加扰标识2，为终端设备配置的TB为TB1、TB2，则加扰标识1与TB2相关联，加扰标识2与TB1相关联。这样，终端设备检测的DCI，记为DCI1；终端设备根据该DCI1中的TB相关的参数，获得使能的TB，如使能的TB为TB1，则终端设备可根据该预定义的关联关系，确定TB1关联的加扰标识为加扰标识2，故终端设备可利用该加扰标识2对DCI1所调度的数据进行加扰或解扰。
在又一种可选的实施方式中，网络设备配置一个加扰标识，基于该配置的加扰标识和预设计算规则生成的一个或多个其他加扰标识时，对配置的加扰标识和生成的其他加扰标识可以预定义不同的关联关系。
例如，网络设备仅配置1个加扰标识，记为ID1，另一个加扰标识根据配置的加扰标识1和预设计算规则得到的，记为ID2。比如，该预设计算规则为ID2＝(ID1+N)，其中，N是整数，比如，N＝2 Q，其中Q是自然数，比如Q＝9，10，11，12，13；其中，当ID1的取值范围为0～2 10-1时，Q＝10可以保证ID2的取值范围为2 10～2*2 10—1，使得ID2与ID1的取值范围不冲突，同时又保证ID2的取值从ID1取值范围之外的最小值开始，可以节约位宽。再比如，该预设计算规则为ID2＝mod((ID1+N)，M)，其中，N是整数，比如N＝2 Q，其中Q是自然数，例如Q＝9，10,11,12,13；同样的，Q＝10使得ID2与ID1的取值范围不冲突，同时又保证ID2的取值从ID1取值范围之外的最小值开始，可以节约位宽；M是整数，比如M＝2 P，P是自然数，其中，P＝14可以避免ID2与ID1的取值冲突。
一种可选的实施方式中，多站协作场景下，网络侧发送的多个DCI可以有主辅之分，其中，主DCI比辅DCI包含更多的参数或指示信息。这样，主DCI对应的下行控制参数或下行控制信息配置信息与网络设备配置的加扰标识相关联；辅DCI对应的下行控制参数或下行控制信息配置信息与生成的加扰标识相关联。其中，当生成的加扰标识为多个时，可以采用上述隐式配置方式配置的关联关系来进一步确定每个生成的加扰标识与各下行控制参数或各下行控制信息配置信息之间的关联关系。例如，终端设备检测到DCI1，该DCI1包含的参数类型更加完善或该DCI中包含某个或某些特定参数，例如载波指示信息(Carrier indicator)、BWP指示信息(Bandwidth part indicator)、Rate matching指示信息(Rate matching indicator)、ZP CSI-RS触发信息(ZP CSI-RS trigger)，则可判定该DCI1为主DCI，可采用网络设备配置的加扰标识1对该DCI1调度的数据进行加扰或解扰。相应的，终端设备检测到DCI2，该DCI2包含的参数类型相对较少或者该DCI不包含某个或者某些特定参数，例 如载波指示信息(Carrier indicator)、BWP指示信息(Bandwidth part indicator)、Rate matching指示信息(Rate matching indicator)、ZP CSI-RS触发信息(ZP CSI-RS trigger)，故该DCI2为辅DCI，终端设备采用生成的加扰标识2对该DCI2调度的数据进行加扰或解扰。
或者，该预定义的关联关系也可以反过来，即主DCI对应的下行控制参数或下行控制信息配置信息与生成的加扰标识相关联；辅DCI对应的下行控制参数或下行控制信息配置信息与配置的加扰标识相关联。
在另一种可选的实施方式中，下行控制信息配置信息较大的或下行控制信息配置信息的索引号较大的可与网络设备配置的加扰标识相关联；或者下行控制参数较大的或下行控制参数的索引号较大的与网络设备配置的加扰标识相关联。而下行控制信息配置信息较小的或下行控制信息配置信息的索引号较小的可与生成的加扰标识相关联；或者下行控制参数较小的或下行控制参数的索引号较小的与生成的加扰标识相关联。
或者，也可以反过来，即下行控制信息配置信息较小的或下行控制信息配置信息的索引号较小的可与网络设备配置的加扰标识相关联；或者下行控制参数较小的或下行控制参数的索引号较小的与网络设备配置的加扰标识相关联。而下行控制信息配置信息较大的或下行控制信息配置信息的索引号较大的可与生成的加扰标识相关联；或者下行控制参数较大的或下行控制参数的索引号较大的与生成的加扰标识相关联。
当生成的加扰标识为多个时，可以采用本申请实施例其他部分所述的配置方式来配置每个生成的加扰标识与各下行控制参数或各下行控制信息配置信息之间的关联关系。此处不再详述。
1.4明确预定义各数据信道配置信息与各下行控制信息配置信息或各下行控制参数之间的关联关系
在一种可选的实施方式中，降序排列的各数据信道配置信息或降序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应。例如，以数据信道配置信息为PDSCH-Config，下行控制信息配置信息为PDCCH-Config为例，假设网络设备为终端设备配置的PDSCH-Config分别为PDSCH-Config1、PDSCH-Config2、PDSCH-Config3；网络设备为终端设备配置的PDCCH-Config分别为PDCCH-Config1、PDCCH-Config2、PDCCH-Config3。这样，根据该预定义的规则，则PDSCH-Config3与PDCCH-Config3相关联，PDSCH-Config2与PDCCH-Config2相关联，PDSCH-Config1与PDCCH-Config1相关联。相应的，终端设备检测到PDCCH的PDCCH-Config，记为PDCCH-Config1；终端设备检测的PDCCH携带的DCI为DCI1，则终端设备基于该预定义的规则，确定PDCCH-Config1关联的PDSCH-Config为PDSCH-Config1；终端设备利用PDSCH-Config1包含的加扰标识对DCI1调度的数据进行加扰或解扰。
在一种可选的实施方式中，升序排列的各数据信道配置信息或升序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应；或者，降序排列的各数据信道配置信息或降序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制参数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应；或者，升序排列的各数据信道配置信息或升序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号 与降序排列的各下行控制参数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应。基于上述实施方式所举例子中配置的PDCCH-Config和PDSCH-Config，根据本实施方式预定义的规则，则PDSCH-Config1与PDCCH-Config3相关联，PDSCH-Config2与PDCCH-Config2相关联，PDSCH-Config3与PDCCH-Config1相关联。相应的，终端设备确定PDCCH-Config1关联的PDSCH-Config为PDSCH-Config3；终端设备利用PDSCH-Config3包含的加扰标识对DCI1调度的数据进行加扰或解扰。
1.5通过下行控制参数确定加扰标识
高层信令配置一个加扰标识，例如，RRC信令配置1个加扰标识,记为PDSCHScramblingIdentity0/PUSCHScramblingIdentity0；或者高层信令配置多个加扰标识，例如，RRC信令配置2个加扰标识，记为PDSCHScramblingIdentity0/PUSCHScramblingIdentity0和PDSCHScramblingIdentity1/PUSCHScramblingIdentity1。
下行控制信息中包含某个指示信息，该指示信息可以用于确定高层信令配置的加扰标识。其中，该指示信息可以为1bit，取值为“0”时，表示加扰标识用PDSCHScramblingIdentity0/PUSCHScramblingIdentity0，取值为“1”时，表示加扰标识采用PDSCHScramblingIdentity1/PUSCHScramblingIdentity1。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该指示信息可以是用于指示DMRS序列初始化的“DMRS sequence initialization”。
在一种可能的实现方式中，用于数据加扰的加扰序列初始状态为：
Figure PCTCN2019093637-appb-000001
其中，n SCID∈{0，1}通过上述DCI包含的指示信息获得，例如通过DCI包含的DM-RS sequence initialization指示信息获得，如指示信息为0，则n SCID＝0；如指示信息为1，则n SCID＝1。如果DCI中没有此指示信息，则默认n SCID＝0。
Figure PCTCN2019093637-appb-000002
分别对应高层信令配置的PDSCHScramblingIdentity0/PUSCHScramblingIdentity0和PDSCHScramblingIdentity1/PUSCHScramblingIdentity1。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，终端设备具有支持不同的加扰标识的能力，则终端设备不期望在一段时间内(例如1个slot)收到的2个DCI的上述指示信息取值相同，或者终端设备不期望不同下行控制信息配置信息对应的DCI携带的上述指示信息取值相同。
如果终端设备不支持多个DCI的非相干传输，或者不支持同一时间单元(例如1个时隙slot)接收到两个DCI，或者不支持被配置多个加扰标识或者被配置多个数据信道配置信息或者被配置多个下行控制信息配置信息等，则终端设备不期望收到的DCI中携带上述指示信息，或者无论DCI中上述指示信息取值如何，终端设备都假设该指示信息取值为0(或者为1)。
2隐式配置方式
隐式配置方式是指没有相应的指示信息来明确指出各加扰标识与各下行控制信息配置信息或各下行控制参数之间的关联关系，或明确预定义了各加扰标识与各下行控制信息配置信息或各下行控制参数之间的关联关系，但可以约定比如互相包含的关系得到它们之间的关联关系。相应的，隐式配置方式还可以指没有相应的指示信息来明确指出各数据信道 配置信息与各下行控制信息配置信息或各下行控制参数之间的关联关系，或明确预定义了各数据信道配置信息与各下行控制信息配置信息或各下行控制参数之间的关联关系，但可以约定比如互相包含的关系得到它们之间的关联关系。以下以可选的多个实施方式进行详细阐述。
2.1下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数包含加扰标识或加扰标识索引号
信令配置的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数中包含有加扰标识或加扰标识索引号，则该加扰标识或该加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识，就与该下行控制信息配置信息或该下行控制参数相关联。
这样，网络设备或终端设备确定下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数后，就可以采用该下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数对应的加扰标识，对数据进行加扰或解扰。所述数据为下行控制信息对应的数据；所述下行控制信息为基于所述下行控制信息配置信息获得的下行控制信道携带的下行控制信息，或者为包含所述下行控制参数的下行控制信息，或者为包含与所述下行控制参数相关的参数的下行控制信息。
以下行控制信息配置信息为PDCCH-Config，下行控制参数为DMRS端口组参数为例，请参阅图4a-图4b，图4a-图4b是本申请实施例提供的又一种加扰标识配置方式的示意图，如图4a所示，PDCCH-Config包含的加扰标识可以以加扰标识的索引号来表示，PDCCH-Config 1包含加扰标识1表示PDCCH-Config 1与加扰标识1相关联；PDCCH-Config2包含加扰标识2表示PDCCH-Config 2与加扰标识2相关联。如图4b所示，DMRS端口组参数及其包含的加扰标识可以以索引号来表示，DMRS端口组参数1包含加扰标识1表示DMRS端口组参数1与加扰标识1相关联；DMRS端口组参数2包含加扰标识2表示DMRS端口组参数2与加扰标识2相关联。
相应的，以图4a为例，终端设备检测到PDCCH的PDCCH-Config为PDCCH-Config1，终端设备基于图4a可确定该PDCCH-Config1关联的加扰标识为加扰标识1，则终端设备可用该加扰标识1对检测到的PDCCH携带的DCI调度的数据进行加扰或解扰。
以图4b为例，终端设备检测的DCI为DCI1，基于DCI1中的参数(如天线端口或天线端口索引号)得到的DMRS端口，基于该DMRS端口获得的DMRS端口组参数为DMRS端口组参数1，则终端设备基于图4b可确定该DMRS端口组参数1关联的加扰标识为加扰标识1，终端设备可利用该加扰标识1对DCI1调度的数据进行加扰或解扰。
2.2下行控制信息配置信息、数据信道配置信息、其他结构体或其他配置信息既包含下行控制参数或下行控制参数的索引号，还包含加扰标识或加扰标识的索引号；或者，数据信道配置信息、其他结构体或其他配置信息既包含下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制信息配置信息的索引号，还包含加扰标识或加扰标识的索引号
也就是说，信令配置的下行控制信息配置信息、数据信道配置信息或其他结构体既包含下行控制参数或下行控制参数的索引号，还包含加扰标识或加扰标识索引号，则表示该下行控制参数或该下行控制参数的索引号对应的下行控制参数，与该加扰标识或该加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识，相关联。
或者，信令配置的数据信道配置信息或其他结构体既包含下行控制信息配置信息或下 行控制信息配置信息的索引号，还包含加扰标识或加扰标识索引号，则表示该下行控制信息配置信息或该下行控制信息配置信息的索引号对应的下行控制参数，与该加扰标识或该加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识，相关联。
再或者，加扰标识参数既包含下行控制参数或下行控制参数的索引号，还包含加扰标识或加扰标识索引号，则表示该下行控制参数或下行控制参数的索引号对应的下行控制参数，与该加扰标识或该加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识，相关联；或者加扰标识参数既包含下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制信息配置信息的索引号，还包含加扰标识或加扰标识索引号，则表示该下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制信息配置信息的索引号对应的下行控制信息配置信息，与该加扰标识或该加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识，相关联。
以下行控制信息配置信息为PDCCH-Config，下行控制参数为DMRS端口组索引号为例，请参阅图5a，图5a是本申请实施例提供的又一种加扰标识配置方式的示意图，如图5a所示，PDCCH-Config1/PDSCH-Config1/PUSCH-Config1/加扰标识参数1既包含加扰标识1，还包含DMRS端口组1，则表示DMRS端口组1与加扰标识1相关联；PDCCH-Config2/PDSCH-Config2/PUSCH-Config2/加扰标识参数2既包含加扰标识2，还包含DMRS端口组2，则表示DMRS端口组2与加扰标识2相关联。
相应的，以图5a为例，终端设备检测的DCI为DCI1，基于DCI1中的参数(如天线端口或天线端口索引号)得到的DMRS端口，基于该DMRS端口获得的DMRS端口组为DMRS端口组1，则终端设备基于图5a可确定该DMRS端口组1关联的加扰标识为加扰标识1，终端设备可利用该加扰标识1对DCI1调度的数据进行加扰或解扰。
以下行控制信息配置信息为PDCCH-Config，数据信道配置信息为PDSCH-Config/PUSCH-Config为例，请参阅图5b，图5b是本申请实施例提供的又一种加扰标识配置方式的示意图，如图5b所示，PDSCH-Config1/PUSCH-Config1既包含加扰标识1，还包含PDCCH-Config1，则表示PDCCH-Config1与加扰标识1相关联；PDSCH-Config2/PUSCH-Config2既包含加扰标识2，还包含PDCCH-Config2，则表示PDCCH-Config2与加扰标识2相关联。
相应的，以图5b为例，终端设备检测到PDCCH的PDCCH-Config为PDCCH-Config1，终端设备基于图5b获得PDCCH-Config1关联的加扰标识为加扰标识1，则终端设备利用该加扰标识1对基于PDCCH-Config1获得的PDCCH携带的DCI调度的数据进行加扰或解扰。
以下行控制信息配置信息为PDCCH-Config，数据信道配置信息为PDSCH-Config/PUSCH-Config，下行控制参数为TB索引号为例，请参阅图5c，图5c是本申请实施例提供的又一种加扰标识配置方式的示意图，如图5c所示，PDCCH-Config1/PDSCH-Config1/PUSCH-Config1/加扰标识参数1既包含加扰标识1，还包含TB1，则表示TB1与加扰标识1相关联；PDCCH-Config2/PDSCH-Config2/PUSCH-Config2/加扰标识参数2既包含加扰标识2，还包含TB2，则表示TB2与加扰标识2相关联。
相应的，以图5c为例，终端设备检测的DCI为DCI1，基于DCI1中的参数(如DCI-Format1-1中的配置参数)得到的使能的TB为TB1，则终端设备基于图5c可确定该TB1关联的加扰标识为加扰标识1，终端设备可利用该加扰标识1对DCI1调度的数据进行加扰或解扰。
在一种可选的实施方式中，网络设备会配置多个数据信道配置信息，每个数据信道配置信息中包含一个加扰标识，因此，可由信令配置或预定义各数据信道配置信息与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数之间的关联关系，这样，终端设备基于该关联关系可以确定下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数关联的加扰标识。其中，采用显示配置方式配置各数据信道配置信息与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数之间的关联关系，在上述已做阐述，此处不再详述。以下对以隐式配置方式配置各数据信道配置信息与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数之间的关联关系，进行举例阐述。
2.3下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数包含数据信道配置信息
也就是说，信令配置的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数包含数据信道配置信息或数据信道配置信息的索引号，则表示该下行控制信息配置信息或该下行控制参数，与该数据信道配置信息或该数据信道配置信息的索引号对应的数据信道配置信息，相关联。
故网络设备或终端设备确定下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数后，可以确定该下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数包含的数据信道配置信息，利用该数据信道配置信息包含的加扰标识对数据进行加扰或解扰。该数据为下行控制信息对应的数据；所述下行控制信息为基于所述下行控制信息配置信息获得的下行控制信道携带的下行控制信息，或者为包含所述下行控制参数的下行控制信息，或者为包含与所述下行控制参数相关的参数的下行控制信息。
以下行控制信息配置信息为PDCCH-Config，数据信道配置信息为PDSCH-Config，下行控制参数为DMRS端口参数为例，请参阅图6a-图6d，图6a-图6d是本申请实施例提供的又一种加扰标识配置方式的示意图。
如图6a所示，PDCCH-Config 1包含PDSCH-Config 1，PDSCH-Config 1包含加扰标识1，故PDCCH-Config 1与PDSCH-Config 1相关联，或者PDCCH-Config 1与加扰标识1相关联。PDCCH-Config 2包含PDSCH-Config 2，PDSCH-Config 2包含加扰标识2，故PDCCH-Config 2与PDSCH-Config 2相关联，或者PDCCH-Config 2与加扰标识2相关联。
如图6b所示，与图6a所示不同之处在于，图6b中PDCCH-Config1包含的是PDSCH-Config的索引号PDSCH-Config1，而不会包含整个PDSCH-Config1的内容，则依旧表示该PDCCH-Config1与PDSCH-Config1相关联，进而与PDSCH-Config1包含的加扰标识或者加扰标识索引号相关联。相应的，PDCCH-Config 2包含PDSCH-Config 2，而不会包含整个PDSCH-Config 2的内容，则依旧表示PDCCH-Config 2与PDSCH-Config 2相关联。该种情况下，信令可以额外为终端设备配置包含整个PDSCH-Config内容的各PDSCH-Config。
如图6c所示，DMRS端口参数1包含PDSCH-Config 1，PDSCH-Config 1包含加扰标识1，故DMRS端口参数1与PDSCH-Config 1相关联，或者DMRS端口参数1与加扰标识1相关联。DMRS端口参数2包含PDSCH-Config 2，PDSCH-Config 2包含加扰标识2，故DMRS端口参数2与PDSCH-Config 2相关联，或者DMRS端口参数2与加扰标识2相关联。
同理，如图6d所示，与图6c所示不同之处在于，图6d中DMRS端口参数1包含的是PDSCH-Config的索引号PDSCH-Config 1，而不会包含整个PDSCH-Config 1的内容， 则依旧表示该DMRS端口参数1与PDSCH-Config1相关联，进而与PDSCH-Config1包含的加扰标识或者加扰标识索引号相关联。相应的，DMRS端口参数2包含PDSCH-Config 2，而不会包含整个PDSCH-Config 2的内容，则依旧表示DMRS端口参数2与PDSCH-Config2相关联。该种情况下，信令可以额外为终端设备配置包含整个PDSCH-Config内容的各PDSCH-Config。
以图6a或图6b为例，终端设备检测到PDCCH的PDCCH-Config，记为PDCCH-Config1，终端设备基于图6a或图6b配置的关系，可以获得PDCCH-Config1与PDSCH-Config1相关联；终端设备可利用PDSCH-Config1包含的加扰标识1对基于PDCCH-Config1检测的PDCCH携带的DCI调度的数据进行加扰或解扰。
以图6c或图6d为例，终端设备检测到的DCI，记为DCI1；终端设备基于DCI1中的天线端口或天线端口索引号，获得DMRS端口，基于该DMRS端口获得DMRS端口组参数1；终端设备基于图6c或图6d配置的关系，可以获得DMRS端口组参数1与PDSCH-Config1相关联；终端设备可利用PDSCH-Config1包含的加扰标识1对DCI1调度的数据进行加扰或解扰。
2.4下行控制信息配置信息或其他结构体既包含下行控制参数或下行控制参数的索引号，还包含数据信道配置信息或数据信道配置信息的索引号；或者，其他结构体既包含下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制信息配置信息的索引号，还包含数据信道配置信息或数据信道配置信息的索引号。
也就是说，当信令配置的下行控制信息配置信息、其他结构体或其他配置信息既包含下行控制参数或下行控制参数的索引号，还包含数据信道配置信息或数据信道配置信息的索引号，则表示该下行控制参数或该下行控制参数的索引号对应的下行控制参数，与该数据信道配置信息或该数据信道配置信息的索引号对应的数据信道配置信信息，相关联。
或者，当信令配置的某个结构体或配置信息既包含下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制信息配置信息的索引号，还包含数据信道配置信息或数据信道配置信息的索引号，则表示该下行控制信息配置信息或该下行控制信息配置信息的索引号对应的下行控制信息配置信息，与该数据信道配置信息或该数据信道配置信息的索引号对应的数据信道配置信信息，相关联。其中，信令配置的某个结构体或配置信息可以为下行专属部分带宽(bandwidth part-Downlink Dedicated,BWP-Downlink Dedicated)，或者，部分带宽信息元素(bandwidth part information element,BWP-information element)。
以下行控制信息配置信息为PDCCH-Config，下行控制参数为DMRS端口组索引号，数据信道配置信息为PDSCH-Config为例，请参阅图7a-7b，图7a-7b是本申请实施例提供的又一种加扰标识配置方式的示意图，如图7a所示，PDCCH-Config1既包含DMRS端口组1，还包含PDSCH-Config1，则表示DMRS端口组1与PDSCH-Config1相关联；相应的，PDCCH-Config2既包含DMRS端口组2，还包含PDSCH-Config2，则表示DMRS端口组2与PDSCH-Config2相关联。如图7b所示，BWP-Downlink Dedicated1或BWP-information element1既包含PDCCH-Config1，还包含PDSCH-Config1，则表示PDCCH-Config1与PDSCH-Config1相关联；BWP-Downlink Dedicated2或BWP-information element2既包含PDCCH-Config2，还包含PDSCH-Config2，则表示PDCCH-Config2与PDSCH-Config2相 关联。
相应的，以图7a为例，终端设备检测的DCI为DCI1，基于DCI1中的参数(如天线端口或天线端口索引号)得到的DMRS端口，基于该DMRS端口获得的DMRS端口组为DMRS端口组1，则终端设备基于图7a可确定该DMRS端口组1关联的PDSCH-Config为PDSCH-Config1，终端设备可利用该PDSCH-Config1包含的加扰标识对DCI1调度的数据进行加扰或解扰。
2.5下行控制信息配置信息或/和下行控制参数，与数据信道配置信息均包含一个相同的参数。
也就是说，当下行控制信息配置信息或/和下行控制参数，与数据信道配置信息均包含一个相同的参数时或者包含相同参数且参数取值相同时，则表示该下行控制信息配置信息或/和下行控制参数，与该数据信道配置信息相关联。即该下行控制信息配置信息或/和下行控制参数与该数据信道配置信息包含的加扰标识或者包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识相关联。
该相同的参数，用于表示含有该参数或者含有该参数且参数取值相同的配置参数之间具有关联关系，例如表示来自同一个TRP，该参数可以为下行专属部分带宽标识(BWP-DownlinkDedicatedID)，上行专属部分带宽标识(BWP-UplinkDedicatedID)、路径标识(PathID)、准共址标识(quasi-colocation ID，QCLID)等。综上所述，基于2.1-2.5任一项所示的关联关系，至少可以包括以下几种可能的实施方式：
所述下行控制信息配置信息关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制信息配置信息包含的加扰标识或包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；
或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：包含所述下行控制参数的下行控制信息配置信息所包含的加扰标识或所包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；
或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制参数包含的加扰标识或加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；
或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：包含所述下行控制参数的加扰标识参数所包含的加扰标识或所包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识。
或者，所述下行控制信息配置信息关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制信息配置信息关联的数据信道配置信息中包含的加扰标识或包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；
或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制参数关联的数据信道配置信息中包含的加扰标识或包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识。
本申请实施例中，终端设备所具有的能力不同，网络设备为终端设备配置的加扰标识可能也不同。其中，终端设备所具有的能力是指终端设备是否支持多个DCI的非相干传输，或者是否支持同一时间单元(例如1个时隙slot)接收到两个DCI，或者是否支持被配置多个加扰标识或者被配置多个数据信道配置信息或者被配置多个下行控制信息配置信息等。
依据终端设备具有的能力的不同，或者终端设备当前所处场景的不同，加扰标识的确定也相应有改变，以下结合可选的实施方式进行阐述。
一种可选的实施方式中，如果终端设备不支持多个DCI的非相干传输，则该终端设备 不期望被配置多个加扰标识，此时网络设备只能为该终端设备配置一个加扰标识，且终端设备不期望该加扰标识与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联。
在另一种可选的实施方式中，如果终端设备不支持多个DCI的非相干传输，则该终端设备不期望被配置多个加扰标识，且不期望所配置的一个加扰标识和下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数之间的关联关系，则网络设备可针对该终端设备配置一加扰标识，该加扰标识不与其他配置参数存在关联关系。
在又一种可选的实施方式中，假设终端设备不支持多个DCI的非相干传输，但不对网络设备做任何限制，即网络设备依旧可以采用上述可选的实施方式为终端设备配置多个加扰标识，以及每个加扰标识与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数之间的关联关系。相应的，终端设备可以以预设规则来从中选择一个加扰标识。例如，该预设规则为终端设备选择较小的下行控制信息配置信息或索引号较小的下行控制信息配置信息关联的加扰标识；或者为终端设备选择较小的下行控制参数或索引号较小的下行控制参数关联的加扰标识；或者在网络设备配置一个加扰标识，其他加扰标识基于配置的加扰标识和预设计算规则生成的情况下，终端设备选择配置的加扰标识或选择生成的加扰标识。
在又一种可选的实施方式中，假设终端设备不支持多个DCI的非相干传输，但不对网络设备做任何限制，即网络设备依旧可以采用上述可选的实施方式为终端设备配置多个加扰标识，以及每个加扰标识与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数之间的关联关系。相应的，终端设备依旧可以基于关联关系来确定加扰标识。
在一种可选的实施方式中，终端设备支持多个DCI的非相干传输，在网络设备只配置了一个加扰标识的情况下，终端设备不期望有加扰标识与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数之间的关联关系，则终端设备直接利用该配置的加扰标识进行加扰或解扰。或者，此时终端设备不对上述关联关系进行限制，则终端设备依旧可以采用该关联关系和加扰标识进行加扰或解扰。
在另一种可选的实施方式中，终端设备支持多个DCI的非相干传输，且网络设备为终端设备配置了多个加扰标识，则：
假设终端设备被告知处于多DCI非相干传输的场景，则终端设备或网络设备按照之前的实施例基于关联关系来选择加扰标识。
假设终端设备被告知未处于多DCI非相干传输的场景，即终端设备只需一个加扰标识，一种实施方式中，终端设备可以采用预设规则来选择该一个加扰标识。例如，该预设规则为终端设备选择较小的下行控制信息配置信息或索引号较小的下行控制信息配置信息关联的加扰标识；或者为终端设备选择较小的下行控制参数或索引号较小的下行控制参数关联的加扰标识；或者在网络设备配置一个加扰标识，其他加扰标识基于配置的加扰标识和预设计算规则生成的情况下，终端设备选择配置的加扰标识或选择生成的加扰标识。在另一种实施方式中，终端设备可以依旧采用关联关系来确定该一个加扰标识。
作为一种可选的实施例，如果终端设备被告知不处于多DCI的非相干传输场景，则该终端设备不期望被配置多个加扰标识，也就是说，终端设备只能被配置一个加扰标识，若此时终端设备还不期望被配置多个加扰标识与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数之间的关联关系，则网络设备只需为该终端设备配置一个加扰标识，终端设备利用该加扰标识 进行加扰或解扰。若终端设备仅不期望被配置多个加扰标识，对关联关系不做限制，则网络设备为该终端设备配置的加扰标识，可依旧保留关联关系。
其中，终端设备被告知不处于多DCI的非相关传输场景，表示该终端设备此时一定不会处于该场景；若终端设备被告知处于多DCI非相干传输的场景，则表示该终端设备有可能处于该场景，也有可能没有处于该场景，但不代表会时时处于该场景。
应理解，本申请所述的通信设备、网络设备以及终端设备可以位于同一个通信系统中，通信设备配置与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的一个加扰标识；或配置与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识。其中，不同的下行控制信息配置信息或不同的下行控制参数所关联的加扰标识的值可以相同，比如，多个传输接收点为同一个终端设备发送相同的数据时，由于数据相同可以提高鲁棒性，不需要考虑干扰随机化的问题，故多个传输接收点所采用的加扰标识的值可以相同。另外，不同的下行控制信息配置信息或不同的下行控制参数所关联的加扰标识的值可以不同，比如，多个传输接收点为同一个终端设备发送不同的数据时，需要考虑干扰随机化的问题，故多个传输接收点所采用的加扰标识的值可以不同。总之，本申请实施例所述的方案可以结合终端设备的能力以及通信场景来配置一个加扰标识，还是多个加扰标识，并且加扰标识的关联关系不需要改变，即整个通信系统的配置架构不变，从而可以实现将通信系统平滑过渡到多个加扰标识的应用场景，来解决非相干联合传输场景中干扰随机化的问题。
如图1所示，本申请实施例以两个TRP1和TRP2，分别为终端设备传输数据为例进行阐述，其中，以终端设备具有支持多个DCI的非相干联合传输的能力为例进行阐述。
基于图1所示的通信系统，请参阅图8，图8是本申请实施例提供的一种数据加扰方法的流程示意图，其中，图8所示的数据加扰方法以下行数据的传输为例进行阐述。如图8所示，该数据加扰方法可以包括以下步骤：
101、通信设备配置与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识；
其中，101中通信设备可以配置与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的一个加扰标识；也可以配置与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识，本申请实施例以配置与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识为例，以解决非相干联合传输中，各TRP为终端设备传输的数据不同时的干扰随机化的问题。
本申请实施例中，假设配置的加扰标识、关联关系、数据信道配置信息或下行控制信息配置信息可由通信设备来配置，而由TRP来将配置的上述内容发送给该终端设备。
在一种可能的实施方式中，本申请实施例所述的通信设备可以为某个控制模块或设备，而TRP只用于发送或接收相关信息。在另一种可能的实施方式中，该通信设备也可以为TRP，图8所示的实施例以两者不同为例进行阐述。
102、通信设备将所述多个加扰标识发送给终端设备；
在一种可选的实施方式中，通信设备将所述多个加扰标识发送给终端设备，包括：将所述加扰标识携带在数据信道配置信息中发送给所述终端设备。其中，不同的数据信道配 置信息携带的加扰标识不同。
在另一种可选的实施方式中，所述通信设备将所述一个或多个加扰标识发送给终端设备，包括：所述通信设备将所述一个或多个加扰标识携带在一个数据信道配置信息中发送给终端设备。
本申请实施例中，终端设备接收通信设备发送的一个或多个加扰标识后，可以存储该一个或多个加扰标识。
相应的，在一种可选的实施方式中，终端设备确定通信设备配置的与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识，包括：终端设备接收通信设备发送的多个数据信道配置信息后从所述多个数据信道配置信息中确定与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识，其中，每个数据信道配置信息携带一个加扰标识。
在另一种可选的实施方式中，所述终端设备确定通信设备配置的与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的一个加扰标识；或配置的与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识，包括：终端设备接收通信设备发送的一个数据信道配置信息后从所述数据信道配置信息中确定与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的一个加扰标识；或确定与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识。
其中，加扰标识与下行控制信息配置信息或与下行控制参数之间关联关系，或者，加扰标识所在的数据信道配置信息与下行控制信息配置信息或与下行控制参数之间关联关系，可以参考上述所述的隐式配置方式或显示配置方式，此处不再详述。
103、TRP1确定下行控制信息配置信息1或下行控制参数1，TRP2确定下行控制信息配置信息2或下行控制参数2；
在一种可选的实施方式中，下行控制信息配置信息是其他网络设备确定的，而TRP1和TRP2只需要使用即可。其中，其他网络设备或者控制模块确定了TRP1采用下行控制信息配置信息1或下行控制参数1传输数据时，可以单独通知给TRP1。相应的，其他网络设备或控制模块确定了TRP2采用下行控制信息配置信息2或下行控制参数2传输数据时，可以单独通知给TRP2。可选的，其他网络设备或控制模块还可将TRP2采用下行控制信息配置信息2或下行控制参数2传输数据通知给TRP1，由TRP1再通知给TRP2。
在另一种可选的实施方式中，下行控制参数则是由TRP1和TRP2各自所确定的参数，如与DMRS端口相关的参数或与传输块TB相关的参数，因此，TRP1和TRP2可根据各自所确定的下行控制参数来确定关联的加扰标识。
其中，TRP1和TRP2所使用的加扰标识的关联关系也是通信设备通知给TRP1和TRP2的。
104、TRP1确定下行控制信息配置信息1或下行控制参数1关联的加扰标识为加扰标识索引号1的加扰标识，TRP2确定下行控制信息配置信息2或下行控制参数2关联的加扰标识为加扰标识索引号2的加扰标识；
本申请实施例中，102中网络设备可以采用上述1.1-1.4，以及2.1-2.5中任一项可能的实施方式来确定下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数关联的加扰标识。
例如，假设配置的下行控制参数1为与TB1相关的控制参数，如MCS、NDI、RV，配置的下行控制参数2为与TB2相关的控制参数，如MCS、NDI、RV，配置的关联关系为TB1与加扰标识索引号1的加扰标识相关联；TB2与加扰标识索引号2的加扰标识相关联，则本申请实施例104中，TRP1确定的下行控制参数1关联的加扰标识为加扰标识索引号1的加扰标识；而TRP2确定的下行控制参数2关联的加扰标识为加扰标识索引号2的加扰标识。
105、TRP1利用加扰标识索引号1的加扰标识对数据1进行加扰，TRP2利用加扰标识索引号2的加扰标识对数据2进行加扰；
本申请实施例中，所述数据为下行控制信息对应的数据；所述下行控制信息为基于所述下行控制信息配置信息获得的下行控制信道携带的下行控制信息，或者为包含所述下行控制参数的下行控制信息，或者为包含与所述下行控制参数相关的参数的下行控制信息。
故数据1为基于下行控制信息配置信息1获得的下行控制信道携带的下行控制信息对应的数据；或者，数据1为包含下行控制参数1的下行控制信息对应的数据；或者，数据1为包含与下行控制参数1相关的参数的下行控制信息对应的数据。相应的，数据2为基于下行控制信息配置信息2获得的下行控制信道携带的下行控制信息对应的数据；或者，数据2为包含下行控制参数2的下行控制信息对应的数据；或者，数据2为包含与下行控制参数2相关的参数的下行控制信息对应的数据。
106、TRP1将加扰后的数据1发送给终端设备；TRP2将加扰后的数据2发送给终端设备；
107、终端设备检测到下行控制信息配置信息1或下行控制参数1；终端设备检测到下行控制信息配置信息2或下行控制参数2；其中，终端设备检测下行控制信息配置信息，具体为：终端设备根据网络设备侧为终端设备配置的多个下行控制信息配置信息，基于该多个下行控制信息配置信息检测下行控制信道，若检测到下行控制信道，则终端设备将检测到下行控制信道的下行控制信息配置信息作为检测到的下行控制信息配置信息。也就是说，终端设备检测到的下行控制信息配置信息1和下行控制信息配置信息2为能够检测到下行控制信道的下行控制信息配置信息。
相应的，终端设备检测下行控制参数，具体为：终端设备读取检测到的下行控制信道携带的下行控制信息，终端设备确定该下行控制信息中与加扰标识关联的下行控制参数。若该下行控制参数为下行控制信息包含的参数，如TB的相关参数，则终端设备可以直接从下行控制信息中读取TB的相关参数作为终端设备检测到的下行控制参数。若该下行控制参数为与下行控制信息包含的参数相关的参数，如DMRS端口组，则终端设备可以直接从下行控制信息中读取天线端口，并基于该天线端口确定DMRS端口，基于该DMRS端口确定相应的DMRS端口组，将确定的DMRS端口组作为终端设备检测到的下行控制参数。
108、终端设备确定下行控制信息配置信息1或下行控制参数1关联的加扰标识为加扰标识索引号1的加扰标识；终端设备确定下行控制信息配置信息2或下行控制参数2关联的加扰标识为索引号2的加扰标识；
本申请实施例中，终端设备确定下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数关联的加扰标识，可以基于上述1.1-1.4，以及2.1-2.5中任一项可能的实施方式来确定下行控制信息配置 信息或下行控制参数关联的加扰标识。
109、终端设备利用加扰标识索引号1的加扰标识对数据1进行解扰；终端设备利用索引号2的加扰标识对数据2进行解扰。
需要注意的是，本申请实施例的各操作步骤中，TRP1和TRP2之间的操作互相不影响，虽然在同一个步骤中执行，但并不限定是同时。比如，发送的数据1和数据2可以不是同时到达终端设备的，终端设备对数据1和数据2的处理也可以不是同时的，比如，终端设备检测每个TRP发送的DCI也是基于配置的下行控制信息配置信息检测的，检测到每个TRP发送的DCI的时间并没有先后或同时的限制。
其中，上行数据传输过程中的数据加扰方法与图8所示的下行数据传输过程中的数据加扰方法相比，不同之处在于，终端设备利用获得的两个加扰标识分别对上行数据3和上行数据4进行加扰，TRP1和TRP2利用获得的加扰标识分别对上行数据3和上行数据4进行解扰。
可见，TRP1和TPR2分别采用不同下行控制信息配置信息或不同下行控制参数关联的加扰标识，对数据进行加扰或解扰；相应的，终端设备可以采用不同的加扰标识，对数据进行加扰或解扰。从而，避免同一终端设备仅能配置唯一加扰标识，所引起的在终端设备进行非相关联合传输时，导致无法实现干扰随机化的问题。
请参阅图9，图9是本申请实施例提供的一种通信设备的结构示意图，如图9所示，该通信设备可以包括配置单元210、发送单元220，其中：
配置单元210，用于配置与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的一个加扰标识；或配置与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识；其中，所述下行控制信息配置信息为用于获得下行控制信道的参数信息；所述下行控制参数为下行控制信息中包含的参数或与下行控制信息中包含的参数相关的参数；
发送单元220，用于将所述一个或多个加扰标识发送给终端设备；
在一种可选的实施方式中，所述发送单元将所述多个加扰标识发送给终端设备，具体为：将所述加扰标识携带在数据信道配置信息中发送给所述终端设备。
其中，不同的数据信道配置信息携带的加扰标识不同。
在另一种可选的实施方式中，所述发送单元将所述一个或多个加扰标识发送给终端设备，具体为：将所述一个或多个加扰标识携带在一个数据信道配置信息中发送给终端设备。
其中，所述配置单元配置与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的一个加扰标识时，配置的加扰标识还用于结合预设计算规则生成一个或多个其他加扰标识。
在一种可选的实施方式中，所述加扰标识与所述下行控制信息配置信息或所述下行控制参数之间的关联关系是预定义的，或者是通过无线资源控制RRC信令、下行控制信息DCI信令和媒体接入控制层控制元素MAC-CE信令中的至少一个信令配置的。
其中，预定义的所述加扰标识与所述下行控制信息配置信息之间的关联关系，具体可以参考方法实施例中的相关内容，此处不再详述。
在一种可选的实施方式中，所述加扰标识所在的数据信道配置信息与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联；所述数据信道配置信息与所述下行控制信息配置信息或所 述下行控制参数之间的关联关系是预定义的，或者是通过无线资源控制RRC信令、下行控制信息DCI信令和媒体接入控制层控制元素MAC-CE信令中的至少一个信令配置的。
其中，预定义的每个数据信道配置信息与下行控制信息配置信息之间的关联关系，可以参考上述方法实施例中的相关内容，此处不再详述。
请参阅图10，图10是本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图。其中，图9所示的通信设备主要用于配置加扰标识，以及相应的关联关系，而图10所示的网络设备主要用于使用本申请实施例所配置的加扰标识，对数据进行加扰或解扰，故图9和图10所示的各单元可位于同一网络设备中，也可以位于不同的网络设备中，本申请实施例不做限定。
如图10所示，该网络设备可以包括确定单元310和处理单元320，其中：
确定单元310，用于确定下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数；
所述确定单元310，还用于确定所述下行控制信息配置信息或者所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识；其中，不同的所述下行控制信息配置信息或者不同的所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识不同；
处理单元320，用于利用所述加扰标识对数据进行加扰或解扰；
所述数据为下行控制信息对应的数据；所述下行控制信息为基于所述下行控制信息配置信息获得的下行控制信道携带的下行控制信息，或者为包含所述下行控制参数的下行控制信息，或者为包含与所述下行控制参数相关的参数的下行控制信息；
所述下行控制信息配置信息为用于获得下行控制信道的参数信息；所述下行控制参数为下行控制信息中包含的参数或与下行控制信息中包含的参数相关的参数。
在一种可选的实施方式中，所述确定单元310确定所述下行控制信息配置信息关联的加扰标识或者所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识，可以参考上述方法实施例中所述的显示配置方式或隐式配置方式。
例如，所述下行控制信息配置信息关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制信息配置信息包含的加扰标识或包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：包含所述下行控制参数的下行控制信息配置信息所包含的加扰标识或所包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制参数包含的加扰标识或加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：包含所述下行控制参数的加扰标识参数所包含的加扰标识或所包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识。
再例如，所述下行控制信息配置信息关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制信息配置信息关联的数据信道配置信息中包含的加扰标识或包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制参数关联的数据信道配置信息中包含的加扰标识或包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识。
请参阅图11，图11是本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图，如图11所示，该终端设备可以包括确定单元410、处理单元420，其中：
确定单元410，用于确定网络设备配置的与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相 关联的一个加扰标识；或配置的与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识；
处理单元420，用于利用下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数关联的加扰标识，对数据进行加扰或解扰；
所述数据为下行控制信息调度的数据；所述下行控制信息为基于所述下行控制信息配置信息获得的下行控制信道携带的下行控制信息，或者为包含所述下行控制参数的下行控制信息，或者为包含与所述下行控制参数相关的参数的下行控制信息；
所述下行控制信息配置信息为用于获得下行控制信道的参数信息；所述下行控制参数为下行控制信息中包含的参数或与下行控制信息中包含的参数相关的参数。
在一种可选的实施方式中，所述确定单元410确定网络设备配置的与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识，具体为：接收通信设备发送的多个数据信道配置信息后从所述多个数据信道配置信息中确定与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识，其中，每个数据信道配置信息携带一个加扰标识，不同的数据信道配置信息携带的加扰标识不同。
在一种可选的实施方式中，所述确定单元410确定网络设备配置的与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的一个加扰标识，或配置的与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识，具体为：接收通信设备发送的一个数据信道配置信息后从所述数据信道配置信息中确定与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的一个加扰标识，或配置的与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识。
所述加扰标识与所述下行控制信息配置信息或所述下行控制参数之间的关联关系是预定义的，或者是通过无线资源控制RRC信令、下行控制信息DCI信令和媒体接入控制层控制元素MAC-CE信令中的至少一个信令配置的。
其中，预定义的每个数据信道配置信息与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数之间的关联关系，可以参考方法实施例中的相关内容。相应的，该关联关系的其他配置方式也可以参考上述方法实施例中1.1-1.4以及2.1-2.5部分所述的相关内容。此处不再详述。
在一种可选的实施方式中，所述加扰标识所在的数据信道配置信息与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联；所述数据信道配置信息与所述下行控制信息配置信息或所述下行控制参数之间的关联关系是预定义的，或者是通过无线资源控制RRC信令、下行控制信息DCI信令和媒体接入控制层控制元素MAC-CE信令中的至少一个信令配置的。
其中，预定义的所述数据信道配置信息与所述下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数之间的关联关系，也可以参考方法实施例中的相关内容。相应的，该关联关系的其他配置方式也可以参考上述方法实施例中1.1-1.4以及2.1-2.5部分所述的相关内容。此处不再详述。
在一种可选的实施方式中，确定单元410确定网络设备配置与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的一个加扰标识时，所述终端设备还包括：
生成单元430，用于基于配置的加扰标识和预设计算规则生成一个或多个其他加扰标识。
在一种可选的实施方式中，所述处理单元420利用下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制 参数关联的加扰标识，对数据进行加扰或解扰，具体为：
确定下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数；
确定所述下行控制信息配置信息关联的加扰标识或所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识；
利用所述加扰标识对数据进行加扰或解扰。
在一种可选的实施方式中，处理单元420确定所述下行控制信息配置信息关联的加扰标识或所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识，可以参考上述方法实施例中的相关内容，此处不再详述。
根据前述方法，图12为本申请实施例提供的一种设备的示意图，如图12所示，该设备可以为图11所示的终端设备；也可以为芯片或电路，比如可设置于终端设备的芯片或电路。该设备可以对应上述方法中的终端设备的相关操作。
该设备可以包括处理器510和存储器520。该存储器520用于存储指令，该处理器510用于执行该存储器520存储的指令，以实现如上述终端设备所执行的步骤，或者实现上述图11所示的终端设备中各单元的相关操作。
进一步的，该设备还可以包括接收器540和发送器550。进一步的，该设备还可以进一步包括总线系统530，其中，处理器510、存储器520、接收器540和发送器550可以通过总线系统530相连。
处理器510用于执行该存储器520存储的指令，以控制接收器540接收信号，并控制发送器550发送信号，完成上述方法中终端设备的步骤，比如接收通信设备配置的一个或多个数据信道配置信息，或者发送加扰后的数据等。其中，接收器540和发送器550可以为相同或者不同的物理实体。为相同的物理实体时，可以统称为收发器。所述存储器520可以集成在所述处理器510中，也可以与所述处理器510分开设置。
另外，存储器520还用于存储通信设备为终端设备配置的与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的一个加扰标识；或配置的与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识，或者加扰标识与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数之间的关联关系，或者数据信道配置信息与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数之间的关联关系。
作为一种实现方式，接收器540和发送器550的功能可以考虑通过收发电路或者收发的专用芯片实现。处理器510可以考虑通过专用处理芯片、处理电路、处理器或者通用芯片实现。
作为另一种实现方式，可以考虑使用通用计算机的方式来实现本申请实施例提供的终端设备。即将实现处理器510，接收器540和发送器550功能的程序代码存储在存储器中，通用处理器通过执行存储器中的代码来实现处理器510，接收器540和发送器550的功能，比如，处理器510调用存储器520中的程序代码，执行以下操作：
确定通信设备配置的与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的一个加扰标识；或配置的与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识；
利用下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数关联的加扰标识，对数据进行加扰或解扰；
所述数据为下行控制信息调度的数据；所述下行控制信息为基于所述下行控制信息配置信息获得的下行控制信道携带的下行控制信息，或者为包含所述下行控制参数的下行控制信息，或者为包含与所述下行控制参数相关的参数的下行控制信息；
所述下行控制信息配置信息为用于获得下行控制信道的参数信息；所述下行控制参数为下行控制信息中包含的参数或与下行控制信息中包含的参数相关的参数。
处理器510调用存储器520中的程序代码，还可以执行上述方法实施例中终端设备执行的其他操作，也就是说，该设备所涉及的与本申请实施例提供的技术方案相关的概念，解释和详细说明及其他步骤请参见前述方法或其他实施例中关于这些内容的描述，此处不做赘述。
请参阅图13，图13是本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图。该终端设备可适用于图1所示出的系统中。为了便于说明，图13仅示出了终端设备的主要部件。如图13所示，终端设备13包括处理器、存储器、控制电路、天线以及输入输出装置。处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理，以及对整个终端设备进行控制，执行软件程序，处理软件程序的数据，例如用于支持终端设备执行上述数据加扰方法实施例中所描述的动作。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据，例如存储上述实施例中所描述的下行控制信息配置信息、下行控制参数、多个加扰标识，以及，各加扰标识与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数之间的关联关系，等等。控制电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。控制电路和天线一起也可以叫做收发器，主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号，比如接收通信设备配置的相关信息、接收网络设备发送的数据、发送上行数据，等等。输入输出装置，例如触摸屏、显示屏，键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。
当终端设备开机后，处理器可以读取存储单元中的软件程序，解释并执行软件程序的指令，处理软件程序的数据，比如执行上述方法实施例中终端设备的相关操作。在执行上述方法实施例中终端设备的相关操作过程中，当需要通过无线发送数据时，处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后，输出基带信号至射频电路，射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端设备时，射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号，将射频信号转换为基带信号，并将基带信号输出至处理器，处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。
本领域技术人员可以理解，为了便于说明，图13仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的终端设备中，可以存在多个处理器和存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等，本发明实施例对此不做限制。
作为一种可选的实现方式，处理器可以包括基带处理器和中央处理器，基带处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理，中央处理器主要用于对整个终端设备进行控制，执行软件程序，处理软件程序的数据。图13中的处理器集成了基带处理器和中央处理器的功能，本领域技术人员可以理解，基带处理器和中央处理器也可以是各自独立的处理器，通过总线等技术互联。本领域技术人员可以理解，终端设备可以包括多个基带处理器以适应不同的网络制式，终端设备可以包括多个中央处理器以增强其处理能力，终端设备的各 个部件可以通过各种总线连接。所述基带处理器也可以表述为基带处理电路或者基带处理芯片。所述中央处理器也可以表述为中央处理电路或者中央处理芯片。对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理的功能可以内置在处理器中，也可以以软件程序的形式存储在存储单元中，由处理器执行软件程序以实现基带处理功能。
示例性的，在发明实施例中，可以将具有收发功能的天线和控制电路视为终端设备的通信单元或收发单元，将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端设备的确定单元或处理单元。如图13所示，终端设备包括收发单元101和处理单元102。收发单元也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。可选的，可以将收发单元101中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元，将收发单元101中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元，即收发单元101包括接收单元和发送单元示例性的，接收单元也可以称为接收机、接收器、接收电路等，发送单元可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。
根据前述方法，图14为本申请实施例提供的另一设备的结构示意图，如图14所示，该设备可以为通信设备或网络设备，如图9所示的通信设备，图10所示的网络设备；该设备也可以为芯片或电路，如可设置于图9所示的通信设备和图10所示的网络设备内的芯片或电路。该设备执行上述方法中的通信设备或TRP的相关操作。该设备可以包括处理器610和存储器620。该存储器620用于存储指令，该处理器610用于执行该存储器620存储的指令，以使所述设备实现前述网络设备的相关操作，比如加扰标识配置方法和/或数据加扰方法等。
进一步的，该网络还可以包括接收器640和发送器650。再进一步的，该网络还可以包括总线系统630。
其中，处理器610、存储器620、接收器640和发送器650通过总线系统630相连，处理器610用于执行该存储器620存储的指令，以控制接收器640接收信号，并控制发送器650发送信号，完成上述方法中网络设备的步骤。其中，接收器640和发送器650可以为相同或者不同的物理实体。为相同的物理实体时，可以统称为收发器。所述存储器620可以集成在所述处理器610中，也可以与所述处理器610分开设置。
作为一种实现方式，接收器640和发送器650的功能可以考虑通过收发电路或者收发的专用芯片实现。处理器610可以考虑通过专用处理芯片、处理电路、处理器或者通用芯片实现。
作为另一种实现方式，可以考虑使用通用计算机的方式来实现本申请实施例提供的通信设备或网络设备。即将实现处理器610，接收器640和发送器650功能的程序代码存储在存储器中，通用处理器通过执行存储器中的代码来实现处理器610，接收器640和发送器650的功能，比如，处理器610可以调用存储器620中的程序代码，或者基于接收器640和发送器650，执行图9所示的实施例中配置单元、发送单元等的相关操作，或者还可以执行图10所示的实施例中确定单元、处理单元的相关操作，或者执行上述方法实施例中各网络设备执行的相关操作或实施方式。
所述设备所涉及的与本申请实施例提供的技术方案相关的概念，解释和详细说明及其他步骤请参见前述方法或其他实施例中关于这些内容的描述，此处不做赘述。
请参阅图15，图15为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图，该网络设备可以为基站，能够为终端设备发送相关的控制信息和配置信息，以及收发数据等操作，图15以基站的结构为例进行阐述。如图15所示，该基站可应用于如图1所示的系统中。基站包括一个或多个射频单元，如远端射频单元(remote radio unit,RRU)201和一个或多个基带单元(baseband unit，BBU)(也可称为数字单元，digital unit，DU)202。所述RRU201可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等等，其可以包括至少一个天线2011和射频单元2012。所述RRU201部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换，例如用于向终端设备发送上述实施例中所述的下行控制信息配置信息、下行控制参数以及相关的关联关系等。所述BBU202部分主要用于进行基带处理，对基站进行控制等。所述RRU201与BBU202可以是物理上设置在一起，也可以物理上分离设置的，即分布式基站。
所述BBU202为基站的控制中心，也可以称为处理单元，主要用于完成基带处理功能，如信道编码，复用，调制，扩频等等。例如所述BBU(处理单元)可以用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中加扰标识配置方法和/或数据加扰方法中网络设备的操作流程。
在一个示例中，所述BBU202可以由一个或多个单板构成，多个单板可以共同支持单一接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE网)，也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网。所述BBU202还包括存储器2021和处理器2022。所述存储器2021用以存储必要的指令和数据。例如存储器2021存储上述实施例中的关联关系、下行控制信息配置信息和下行控制参数等。所述处理器2022用于控制基站进行必要的动作，例如用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程。所述存储器2021和处理器2022可以服务于一个或多个单板。也就是说，可以每个单板上单独设置存储器和处理器。也可以是多个单板共用相同的存储器和处理器。此外每个单板上还可以设置有必要的电路。
根据本申请实施例提供的方法，本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统，其包括前述的网络设备和一个或多于一个终端设备。
应理解，在本申请实施例中，处理器可以是中央处理单元(Central Processing Unit，简称为“CPU”)，该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。
该存储器可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器，并向处理器提供指令和数据。存储器的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。
该总线系统除包括数据总线之外，还可以包括电源总线、控制总线和状态信号总线等。但是为了清楚说明起见，在图中将各种总线都标为总线系统。
在实现过程中，上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成，或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟 的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器，处理器读取存储器中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复，这里不再详细描述。
还应理解，本文中涉及的第一、第二、第三、第四以及各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分，并不用来限制本发明实施例的范围。
应理解，本文中术语“和/或”，仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。另外，本文中字符“/”，一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。
应理解，在本申请的各种实施例中，上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定，而不应对本发明实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各种说明性逻辑块(illustrative logical block)和步骤(step)，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本发明的范围。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的系统、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本发明各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
在上述实施例中，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时，全部或部分地产生按照本发明实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用 介质可以是磁性介质，(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘Solid State Disk(SSD))等。
以上所述，仅为本发明的具体实施方式，但本发明的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本发明揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本发明的保护范围之内。因此，本发明的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (95)

  1. 一种加扰标识配置方法，其特征在于，包括：
    通信设备配置与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的一个加扰标识；或配置与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识；其中，所述下行控制信息配置信息为用于获得下行控制信道的参数信息；所述下行控制参数为下行控制信息中包含的参数或与下行控制信息中包含的参数相关的参数；
    所述通信设备将所述一个或多个加扰标识发送给所述终端设备。
  2. 如权利要求1所述的加扰标识配置方法，其特征在于，所述通信设备将所述多个加扰标识发送给终端设备，包括：
    所述通信设备将所述加扰标识携带在数据信道配置信息中发送给所述终端设备。
  3. 如权利要求2所述的加扰标识配置方法，其特征在于，不同的数据信道配置信息携带的加扰标识不同。
  4. 如权利要求1所述的加扰标识配置方法，其特征在于，所述通信设备将所述一个或多个加扰标识发送给终端设备，包括：
    所述通信设备将所述一个或多个加扰标识携带在一个数据信道配置信息中发送给终端设备。
  5. 如权利要求1所述的加扰标识配置方法，其特征在于，所述加扰标识与所述下行控制信息配置信息或所述下行控制参数之间的关联关系是预定义的，或者是通过无线资源控制RRC信令、下行控制信息DCI信令和媒体接入控制层控制元素MAC-CE信令中的至少一个信令配置的。
  6. 如权利要求5所述的加扰标识配置方法，其特征在于，预定义的所述加扰标识与所述下行控制信息配置信息之间的关联关系为：
    降序排列的各加扰标识或降序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应；
    或者，升序排列的各加扰标识或升序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应；
    或者，预定义的所述加扰标识与所述下行控制参数之间的关联关系为：
    降序排列的各加扰标识或降序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制参数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应；
    或者，升序排列的各加扰标识或升序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制参数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应。
  7. 如权利要求2或3所述的加扰标识配置方法，其特征在于，所述加扰标识所在的数据信道配置信息与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联；
    所述数据信道配置信息与所述下行控制信息配置信息或所述下行控制参数之间的关联关系是预定义的，或者是通过无线资源控制RRC信令、下行控制信息DCI信令和媒体接入控制层控制元素MAC-CE信令中的至少一个信令配置的。
  8. 如权利要求7所述的加扰标识配置方法，其特征在于，
    预定义的数据信道配置信息与下行控制信息配置信息之间的关联关系为：
    降序排列的各数据信道配置信息或降序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应；
    或者，升序排列的各数据信道配置信息或升序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应；
    或者，预定义的数据信道配置信息与下行控制参数之间的关联关系为：
    降序排列的各数据信道配置信息或降序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制参数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应；
    或者，升序排列的各数据信道配置信息或升序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制参数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应。
  9. 如权利要求1至8中任一项所述的加扰标识配置方法，其特征在于，所述通信设备配置一个加扰标识时，配置的加扰标识还用于结合预设计算规则生成一个或多个其他加扰标识。
  10. 一种数据加扰方法，其特征在于，包括：
    网络设备确定下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数；所述下行控制信息配置信息为用于获得下行控制信道的参数信息；所述下行控制参数为下行控制信息中包含的参数或与下行控制信息中包含的参数相关的参数；
    所述网络设备确定与所述下行控制信息配置信息或者所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识；所述网络设备利用所述加扰标识对数据进行加扰或解扰；
    所述数据为下行控制信息对应的数据；所述下行控制信息为基于所述下行控制信息配置信息获得的下行控制信道携带的下行控制信息，或者为包含所述下行控制参数的下行控制信息，或者为包含与所述下行控制参数相关的参数的下行控制信息。
  11. 如权利要求10所述的数据加扰方法，其特征在于，所述下行控制信息配置信息关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制信息配置信息包含的加扰标识或包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；
    或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：包含所述下行控制参数的下行控制信息配置信息所包含的加扰标识或所包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；
    或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制参数包含的加扰标识或加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；
    或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：包含所述下行控制参数的加扰标识参数所包含的加扰标识或所包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识。
  12. 如权利要求10所述的数据加扰方法，其特征在于，所述下行控制信息配置信息关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制信息配置信息关联的数据信道配置信息中包含的加扰标识或包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；
    或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制参数关联的数据信道配置信息中包含的加扰标识或包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识。
  13. 一种数据加扰方法，其特征在于，包括：
    终端设备确定通信设备配置的与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的一个加扰标识；或配置的与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识；
    所述终端设备利用下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数关联的加扰标识，对数据进行加扰或解扰；
    所述数据为下行控制信息所调度的数据，所述下行控制信息为基于所述下行控制信息配置信息获得的下行控制信道携带的下行控制信息；或者，所述为包含所述下行控制参数的下行控制信息；或者为包含与所述下行控制参数相关的参数的下行控制信息；
    所述下行控制信息配置信息为用于获得下行控制信道的参数信息；所述下行控制参数为下行控制信息中包含的参数或与下行控制信息中包含的参数相关的参数。
  14. 如权利要求13所述的数据加扰方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备确定通信设备配置的与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识，包括：
    终端设备接收通信设备发送的多个数据信道配置信息后从所述多个数据信道配置信息中确定与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识，其中，每个数据信道配置信息携带一个加扰标识。
  15. 如权利要求14所述的数据加扰方法，其特征在于，不同的数据信道配置信息携带的加扰标识不同。
  16. 如权利要求13所述的数据加扰方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备确定通信设备配置的与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的一个加扰标识；或配置的与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识，包括：
    终端设备接收通信设备发送的一个数据信道配置信息后从所述数据信道配置信息中确定与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的一个加扰标识；或确定与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识。
  17. 如权利要求13所述的数据加扰方法，其特征在于，所述加扰标识与所述下行控制信息配置信息或所述下行控制参数之间的关联关系是预定义的，或者是通过无线资源控制RRC信令、下行控制信息DCI信令和媒体接入控制层控制元素MAC-CE信令中的至少一个信令配置的。
  18. 如权利要求17所述的数据加扰方法，其特征在于，预定义的加扰标识与下行控制信息配置信息之间的关联关系为：
    降序排列的各加扰标识或降序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应；
    或者，升序排列的各加扰标识或升序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应；
    或者，预定义的每个加扰标识与下行控制参数之间的关联关系为：
    降序排列的各加扰标识或降序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制参数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应；
    或者，升序排列的各加扰标识或升序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制参数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应。
  19. 如权利要求14或15所述的数据加扰方法，其特征在于，所述加扰标识所在的数据信道配置信息与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联；
    所述数据信道配置信息与所述下行控制信息配置信息或所述下行控制参数之间的关联关系是预定义的，或者是通过无线资源控制RRC信令、下行控制信息DCI信令和媒体接入控制层控制元素MAC-CE信令中的至少一个信令配置的。
  20. 如权利要求19所述的数据加扰方法，其特征在于，
    预定义的数据信道配置信息与下行控制信息配置信息之间的关联关系为：
    降序排列的各数据信道配置信息或降序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应；
    或者，升序排列的各数据信道配置信息或升序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应；
    或者，预定义的数据信道配置信息与下行控制参数之间的关联关系为：
    降序排列的各数据信道配置信息或降序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制参数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应；
    或者，升序排列的各数据信道配置信息或升序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制参数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应。
  21. 如权利要求13至20任一项所述的数据加扰方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备确 定通信设备配置与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的一个加扰标识时，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备基于配置的加扰标识和预设计算规则，生成一个或多个其他加扰标识。
  22. 如权利要求13所述的数据加扰方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备利用下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数关联的加扰标识，对数据进行加扰或解扰，包括：
    所述终端设备确定下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数；
    所述终端设备确定所述下行控制信息配置信息关联的加扰标识或所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识；
    所述终端设备利用所述加扰标识对数据进行加扰或解扰。
  23. 如权利要求22所述的数据加扰方法，其特征在于，所述下行控制信息配置信息关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制信息配置信息关联的数据信道配置信息中包含的加扰标识或包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；
    或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制参数关联的数据信道配置信息中包含的加扰标识或包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识。
  24. 如权利要求23所述的数据加扰方法，其特征在于，
    所述下行控制信息配置信息关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制信息配置信息包含的加扰标识或包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；
    或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：包含所述下行控制参数的下行控制信息配置信息所包含的加扰标识或所包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；
    或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制参数包含的加扰标识或加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；
    或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：包含所述下行控制参数的加扰标识参数所包含的加扰标识或所包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识。
  25. 一种通信设备，其特征在于，包括：
    处理单元，用于配置与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的一个加扰标识；或配置与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识；其中，所述下行控制信息配置信息为用于获得下行控制信道的参数信息；所述下行控制参数为下行控制信息中包含的参数或与下行控制信息中包含的参数相关的参数；
    通信单元，用于将所述一个或多个加扰标识发送给终端设备。
  26. 如权利要求25所述的通信设备，其特征在于，所述通信单元将所述多个加扰标识发送给终端设备，具体为：
    将所述加扰标识携带在数据信道配置信息中发送给所述终端设备。
  27. 如权利要求26所述的通信设备，其特征在于，不同的数据信道配置信息携带的加扰标识不同。
  28. 如权利要求25所述的通信设备，其特征在于，所述通信单元将所述一个或多个加扰标识发送给终端设备，具体为：
    将所述一个或多个加扰标识携带在一个数据信道配置信息中发送给终端设备。
  29. 如权利要求25所述的通信设备，其特征在于，所述加扰标识与所述下行控制信息配置信息或所述下行控制参数之间的关联关系是预定义的，或者是通过无线资源控制RRC信令、下行控制信息DCI信令和媒体接入控制层控制元素MAC-CE信令中的至少一个信令配置的。
  30. 如权利要求29所述的通信设备，其特征在于，预定义的所述加扰标识与所述下行控制信息配置信息之间的关联关系为：
    降序排列的各加扰标识或降序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应；
    或者，升序排列的各加扰标识或升序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应；
    或者，预定义的所述加扰标识与所述下行控制参数之间的关联关系为：
    降序排列的各加扰标识或降序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制参数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应；
    或者，升序排列的各加扰标识或升序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制参数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应。
  31. 如权利要求26或27所述的通信设备，其特征在于，所述加扰标识所在的数据信道配置信息与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联；
    所述数据信道配置信息与所述下行控制信息配置信息或所述下行控制参数之间的关联关系是预定义的，或者是通过无线资源控制RRC信令、下行控制信息DCI信令和媒体接入控制层控制元素MAC-CE信令中的至少一个信令配置的。
  32. 如权利要求25所述的通信设备，其特征在于，
    预定义的所述数据信道配置信息与所述下行控制信息配置信息之间的关联关系为：
    降序排列的各数据信道配置信息或降序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应；
    或者，升序排列的各数据信道配置信息或升序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应；
    或者，预定义的所述数据信道配置信息与所述下行控制参数之间的关联关系为：
    降序排列的各数据信道配置信息或降序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制参数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应；
    或者，升序排列的各数据信道配置信息或升序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制参数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应。
  33. 如权利要求25至32所述的通信设备，其特征在于，所述配置单元配置与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的一个加扰标识时，配置的加扰标识还用于结合预设计算规则生成一个或多个其他加扰标识。
  34. 一种网络设备，其特征在于，包括：
    处理单元，用于确定下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数，所述下行控制信息配置信息为用于获得下行控制信道的参数信息；所述下行控制参数为下行控制信息中包含的参数或与下行控制信息中包含的参数相关的参数；
    所述处理单元，还用于确定所述下行控制信息配置信息或者所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识；
    所述处理单元，还用于利用所述加扰标识对数据进行加扰或解扰；
    所述数据为下行控制信息对应的数据；所述下行控制信息为基于所述下行控制信息配置信息获得的下行控制信道携带的下行控制信息，或者为包含所述下行控制参数的下行控制信息，或者为包含与所述下行控制参数相关的参数的下行控制信息。
  35. 如权利要求34所述的网络设备，其特征在于，
    所述下行控制信息配置信息关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制信息配置信息包含的加扰标识或包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；
    或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：包含所述下行控制参数的下行控制信息配置信息所包含的加扰标识或所包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；
    或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制参数包含的加扰标识或加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；
    或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：包含所述下行控制参数的加扰标识参数所包含的加扰标识或所包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识。
  36. 如权利要求34所述的网络设备，其特征在于，
    所述下行控制信息配置信息关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制信息配置信息关联的数据信道配置信息中包含的加扰标识或包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；
    或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制参数关联的数据信道配置信息中包含的加扰标识或包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识。
  37. 一种终端设备，其特征在于，包括：
    处理单元，用于确定网络设备配置的与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联 的一个加扰标识；或配置的与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识；
    所述处理单元，还用于利用下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数关联的加扰标识，对数据进行加扰或解扰；
    所述数据为下行控制信息调度的数据；所述下行控制信息为基于所述下行控制信息配置信息获得的下行控制信道携带的下行控制信息，或者为包含所述下行控制参数的下行控制信息，或者为包含与所述下行控制参数相关的参数的下行控制信息；
    所述下行控制信息配置信息为用于获得下行控制信道的参数信息；所述下行控制参数为下行控制信息中包含的参数或与下行控制信息中包含的参数相关的参数。
  38. 如权利要求37所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述终端设备还包括通信单元；
    所述通信单元，用于接收通信设备发送的多个数据信道配置信息；
    所述处理器单元，具体用于从所述多个数据信道配置信息中确定与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识，其中，每个数据信道配置信息携带一个加扰标识。
  39. 如权利要求38所述的终端设备，其特征在于，不同的数据信道配置信息携带的加扰标识不同。
  40. 如权利要求37所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述终端设备还包括通信单元；
    所述通信单元，用于接收通信设备发送的一个数据信道配置信息；
    所述处理单元，具体用于从所述数据信道配置信息中确定与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的一个加扰标识；或确定与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识。
  41. 如权利要求37所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述加扰标识与所述下行控制信息配置信息或所述下行控制参数之间的关联关系是预定义的，或者是通过无线资源控制RRC信令、下行控制信息DCI信令和媒体接入控制层控制元素MAC-CE信令中至少一个信令配置的。
  42. 如权利要求41所述的终端设备，其特征在于，预定义的所述加扰标识与所述下行控制信息配置信息之间的关联关系为：
    降序排列的各加扰标识或降序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应；
    或者，升序排列的各加扰标识或升序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应；
    或者，预定义的所述加扰标识与所述下行控制参数之间的关联关系为：
    降序排列的各加扰标识或降序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制参 数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应；
    或者，升序排列的各加扰标识或升序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制参数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应。
  43. 如权利要求38或39所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述加扰标识所在的数据信道配置信息与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联；
    所述数据信道配置信息与所述下行控制信息配置信息或所述下行控制参数之间的关联关系是预定义的，或者是通过无线资源控制RRC信令、下行控制信息DCI信令和媒体接入控制层控制元素MAC-CE信令中至少一个信令配置的。
  44. 如权利要求43所述的终端设备，其特征在于，
    预定义的所述数据信道配置信息与所述下行控制信息配置信息之间的关联关系为：
    降序排列的各数据信道配置信息或降序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应；
    或者，升序排列的各数据信道配置信息或升序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应；
    或者，预定义的所述数据信道配置信息与所述下行控制参数之间的关联关系为：
    降序排列的各数据信道配置信息或降序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制参数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应；
    或者，升序排列的各数据信道配置信息或升序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制参数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应。
  45. 如权利要求37至44任一项所述的终端设备，其特征在于，
    所述处理单元，还用于确定通信设备配置与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的一个加扰标识时，基于配置的加扰标识和预设计算规则，生成一个或多个其他加扰标识。
  46. 如权利要求34所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述处理单元利用下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数关联的加扰标识，对数据进行加扰或解扰，具体为：
    确定下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数；
    确定所述下行控制信息配置信息关联的加扰标识或所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识；
    利用所述加扰标识对数据进行加扰或解扰。
  47. 如权利要求46所述的终端设备，其特征在于，
    所述下行控制信息配置信息关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制信息配置信息关联的数据信道配置信息中包含的加扰标识或包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；
    或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制参数关联的数据信道配置信息中包含的加扰标识或包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识。
  48. 如权利要求46所述的终端设备，其特征在于，
    所述下行控制信息配置信息关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制信息配置信息包含的加扰标识或包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；
    或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：包含所述下行控制参数的下行控制信息配置信息所包含的加扰标识或所包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；
    或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制参数包含的加扰标识或加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；
    或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：包含所述下行控制参数的加扰标识参数所包含的加扰标识或所包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识。
  49. 一种通信设备，其特征在于，包括：收发器和处理器；
    所述处理器，用于配置与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的一个加扰标识；或配置与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识；其中，所述下行控制信息配置信息为用于获得下行控制信道的参数信息；所述下行控制参数为下行控制信息中包含的参数或与下行控制信息中包含的参数相关的参数；
    所述收发器，用于将所述一个或多个加扰标识发送给终端设备。
  50. 如权利要求49所述的设备，其特征在于，所述收发器将所述多个加扰标识发送给终端设备，具体为：
    将所述加扰标识携带在数据信道配置信息中发送给所述终端设备。
  51. 如权利要求50所述的通信设备，其特征在于，不同的数据信道配置信息携带的加扰标识不同。
  52. 如权利要求49所述的通信设备，其特征在于，所述收发器将所述一个或多个加扰标识发送给终端设备，具体为：
    将所述一个或多个加扰标识携带在一个数据信道配置信息中发送给终端设备。
  53. 如权利要求49所述的通信设备，其特征在于，所述加扰标识与所述下行控制信息配置信息或所述下行控制参数之间的关联关系是预定义的，或者是通过无线资源控制RRC信令、下行控制信息DCI信令和媒体接入控制层控制元素MAC-CE信令中的至少一个信令配置的。
  54. 如权利要求53所述的通信设备，其特征在于，预定义的所述加扰标识与所述下行控制信息配置信息之间的关联关系为：
    降序排列的各加扰标识或降序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应；
    或者，升序排列的各加扰标识或升序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应；
    或者，预定义的所述加扰标识与所述下行控制参数之间的关联关系为：
    降序排列的各加扰标识或降序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制参数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应；
    或者，升序排列的各加扰标识或升序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制参数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应。
  55. 如权利要求50或51所述的通信设备，其特征在于，所述加扰标识所在的数据信道配置信息与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联；
    所述数据信道配置信息与所述下行控制信息配置信息或所述下行控制参数之间的关联关系是预定义的，或者是通过无线资源控制RRC信令、下行控制信息DCI信令和媒体接入控制层控制元素MAC-CE信令中的至少一个信令配置的。
  56. 如权利要求49所述的通信设备，其特征在于，
    预定义的所述数据信道配置信息与所述下行控制信息配置信息之间的关联关系为：
    降序排列的各数据信道配置信息或降序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应；
    或者，升序排列的各数据信道配置信息或升序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应；
    或者，预定义的所述数据信道配置信息与所述下行控制参数之间的关联关系为：
    降序排列的各数据信道配置信息或降序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制参数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应；
    或者，升序排列的各数据信道配置信息或升序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制参数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应。
  57. 如权利要求49至56所述的通信设备，其特征在于，所述配置单元配置与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的一个加扰标识时，配置的加扰标识还用于结合预设计算规则生成一个或多个其他加扰标识。
  58. 一种网络设备，其特征在于，包括：处理器和存储器；
    所述存储器和所述处理器耦合，所述处理器，用于实现权利要求10至12任一项所述的方法。
  59. 一种终端设备，其特征在于，包括：处理器；
    所述处理器，用于确定通信设备配置的与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的一个加扰标识；或配置的与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识；
    所述处理器，还用于利用下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数关联的加扰标识，对数据进行加扰或解扰；
    所述数据为下行控制信息调度的数据；所述下行控制信息为基于所述下行控制信息配置信息获得的下行控制信道携带的下行控制信息，或者为包含所述下行控制参数的下行控制信息，或者为包含与所述下行控制参数相关的参数的下行控制信息；
    所述下行控制信息配置信息为用于获得下行控制信道的参数信息；所述下行控制参数为下行控制信息中包含的参数或与下行控制信息中包含的参数相关的参数。
  60. 如权利要求59所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述设备还包括：收发器；
    所述收发器，用于接收通信设备发送的多个数据信道配置信息；
    所述处理器，具体用于从所述多个数据信道配置信息中确定与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识，其中，每个数据信道配置信息携带一个加扰标识。
  61. 如权利要求60所述的终端设备，其特征在于，不同的数据信道配置信息携带的加扰标识不同。
  62. 如权利要求59所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述设备还包括：收发器；
    所述收发器，用于接收通信设备发送的一个数据信道配置信息；
    所述处理器，具体用于从所述数据信道配置信息中确定与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的一个加扰标识；或确定与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识。
  63. 如权利要求59所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述加扰标识与所述下行控制信息配置信息或所述下行控制参数之间的关联关系是预定义的，或者是通过无线资源控制RRC信令、下行控制信息DCI信令和媒体接入控制层控制元素MAC-CE信令中至少一个信令配置的。
  64. 如权利要求63所述的终端设备，其特征在于，预定义的所述加扰标识与所述下行控制信息配置信息之间的关联关系为：
    降序排列的各加扰标识或降序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应；
    或者，升序排列的各加扰标识或升序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应；
    或者，预定义的所述加扰标识与所述下行控制参数之间的关联关系为：
    降序排列的各加扰标识或降序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制参数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应；
    或者，升序排列的各加扰标识或升序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制参数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应。
  65. 如权利要求60或61所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述加扰标识所在的数据信道配置信息与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联；
    所述数据信道配置信息与所述下行控制信息配置信息或所述下行控制参数之间的关联关系是预定义的，或者是通过无线资源控制RRC信令、下行控制信息DCI信令和媒体接入控制层控制元素MAC-CE信令中至少一个信令配置的。
  66. 如权利要求65所述的终端设备，其特征在于，
    预定义的所述数据信道配置信息与所述下行控制信息配置信息之间的关联关系为：
    降序排列的各数据信道配置信息或降序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应；
    或者，升序排列的各数据信道配置信息或升序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应；
    或者，预定义的所述数据信道配置信息与所述下行控制参数之间的关联关系为：
    降序排列的各数据信道配置信息或降序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制参数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应；
    或者，升序排列的各数据信道配置信息或升序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制参数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应。
  67. 如权利要求59至66任一项所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述处理器还用于基于配置的加扰标识和预设计算规则，生成一个或多个其他加扰标识。
  68. 如权利要求59所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述处理器利用下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数关联的加扰标识，对数据进行加扰或解扰，具体为：
    确定下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数；
    确定所述下行控制信息配置信息关联的加扰标识或所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识；
    利用所述加扰标识对数据进行加扰或解扰。
  69. 如权利要求68所述的终端设备，其特征在于，
    所述下行控制信息配置信息关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制信息配置信息关联的数据信道配置信息中包含的加扰标识或包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；
    或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制参数关联的数据信道配置 信息中包含的加扰标识或包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识。
  70. 如权利要求68所述的设备，其特征在于，
    所述下行控制信息配置信息关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制信息配置信息包含的加扰标识或包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；
    或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：包含所述下行控制参数的下行控制信息配置信息所包含的加扰标识或所包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；
    或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制参数包含的加扰标识或加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；
    或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：包含所述下行控制参数的加扰标识参数所包含的加扰标识或所包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识。
  71. 一种芯片系统，其特征在于，包括：处理器和接口；
    所述处理器，用于配置与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的一个加扰标识；或配置与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识；其中，所述下行控制信息配置信息为用于获得下行控制信道的参数信息；所述下行控制参数为下行控制信息中包含的参数或与下行控制信息中包含的参数相关的参数；
    所述接口，用于将所述一个或多个加扰标识，发送给所述终端设备。
  72. 如权利要求71所述的芯片系统，其特征在于，所述接口，用于将所述加扰标识携带在数据信道配置信息中，通过空口发送给所述终端设备。
  73. 如权利要求72所述的芯片系统，其特征在于，不同的数据信道配置信息携带的加扰标识不同。
  74. 如权利要求71所述的芯片系统，其特征在于，所述接口，具体用于将所述一个或多个加扰标识携带在一个数据信道配置信息中，发送给终端设备。
  75. 如权利要求71所述的芯片系统，其特征在于，所述加扰标识与所述下行控制信息配置信息或所述下行控制参数之间的关联关系是预定义的，或者是通过无线资源控制RRC信令、下行控制信息DCI信令和媒体接入控制层控制元素MAC-CE信令中的至少一个信令配置的。
  76. 如权利要求75所述的芯片系统，其特征在于，预定义的所述加扰标识与所述下行控制信息配置信息之间的关联关系为：
    降序排列的各加扰标识或降序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应；
    或者，升序排列的各加扰标识或升序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行 控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应；
    或者，预定义的所述加扰标识与所述下行控制参数之间的关联关系为：
    降序排列的各加扰标识或降序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制参数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应；
    或者，升序排列的各加扰标识或升序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制参数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应。
  77. 如权利要求72或73所述的芯片系统，其特征在于，所述加扰标识所在的数据信道配置信息与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联；
    所述数据信道配置信息与所述下行控制信息配置信息或所述下行控制参数之间的关联关系是预定义的，或者是通过无线资源控制RRC信令、下行控制信息DCI信令和媒体接入控制层控制元素MAC-CE信令中的至少一个信令配置的。
  78. 如权利要求77所述的芯片系统，其特征在于，
    预定义的数据信道配置信息与下行控制信息配置信息之间的关联关系为：
    降序排列的各数据信道配置信息或降序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应；
    或者，升序排列的各数据信道配置信息或升序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应；
    或者，预定义的数据信道配置信息与下行控制参数之间的关联关系为：
    降序排列的各数据信道配置信息或降序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制参数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应；
    或者，升序排列的各数据信道配置信息或升序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制参数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应。
  79. 如权利要求71至78中任一项所述的芯片系统，其特征在于，所述通信设备配置一个加扰标识时，配置的加扰标识还用于结合预设计算规则生成一个或多个其他加扰标识。
  80. 一种芯片系统，其特征在于，包括：处理器，
    所述处理器，用于实现如权利要求10至12任一项所述的方法。
  81. 一种芯片系统，其特征在于，包括：处理器；
    所述处理器，用于确定通信设备配置的与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的一个加扰标识；或配置的与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识；
    所述处理器，还用于利用下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数关联的加扰标识，对数据进行加扰或解扰；
    所述数据为下行控制信息所调度的数据，所述下行控制信息为基于所述下行控制信息配置信息获得的下行控制信道携带的下行控制信息；或者，所述为包含所述下行控制参数的下行控制信息；或者为包含与所述下行控制参数相关的参数的下行控制信息；
    所述下行控制信息配置信息为用于获得下行控制信道的参数信息；所述下行控制参数为下行控制信息中包含的参数或与下行控制信息中包含的参数相关的参数。
  82. 如权利要求81所述的芯片系统，其特征在于，所述芯片系统还包括接口；
    所述接口，用于接收通信设备发送的多个数据信道配置信息；
    所述处理器，用于从所述多个数据信道配置信息中确定与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识，其中，每个数据信道配置信息携带一个加扰标识。
  83. 如权利要求82所述的芯片系统，其特征在于，不同的数据信道配置信息携带的加扰标识不同。
  84. 如权利要求81所述的芯片系统，其特征在于，所述芯片系统还包括接口；
    所述接口，用于接收通信设备发送的一个数据信道配置信息；
    所述处理器，具体用于从所述数据信道配置信息中确定与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的一个加扰标识；或确定与不同的下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的多个加扰标识。
  85. 如权利要求81所述的芯片系统，其特征在于，所述加扰标识与所述下行控制信息配置信息或所述下行控制参数之间的关联关系是预定义的，或者是通过无线资源控制RRC信令、下行控制信息DCI信令和媒体接入控制层控制元素MAC-CE信令中的至少一个信令配置的。
  86. 如权利要求85所述的芯片系统，其特征在于，预定义的加扰标识与下行控制信息配置信息之间的关联关系为：
    降序排列的各加扰标识或降序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应；
    或者，升序排列的各加扰标识或升序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应；
    或者，预定义的每个加扰标识与下行控制参数之间的关联关系为：
    降序排列的各加扰标识或降序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制参数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应；
    或者，升序排列的各加扰标识或升序排列的各加扰标识的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制参数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应。
  87. 如权利要求82或83所述的芯片系统，其特征在于，所述加扰标识所在的数据信道配置信息与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联；
    所述数据信道配置信息与所述下行控制信息配置信息或所述下行控制参数之间的关联关系是预定义的，或者是通过无线资源控制RRC信令、下行控制信息DCI信令和媒体接入控制层控制元素MAC-CE信令中的至少一个信令配置的。
  88. 如权利要求87所述的芯片系统，其特征在于，
    预定义的数据信道配置信息与下行控制信息配置信息之间的关联关系为：
    降序排列的各数据信道配置信息或降序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应；
    或者，升序排列的各数据信道配置信息或升序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息或降序排列的各下行控制信息配置信息的索引号相对应；
    或者，预定义的数据信道配置信息与下行控制参数之间的关联关系为：
    降序排列的各数据信道配置信息或降序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制参数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应；
    或者，升序排列的各数据信道配置信息或升序排列的各数据信道配置信息的索引号与降序排列的各下行控制参数或降序排列的各下行控制参数的索引号相对应。
  89. 如权利要求81至88任一项所述的芯片系统，其特征在于，
    所述处理器，还用于在确定通信设备配置与下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数相关联的一个加扰标识时，基于配置的加扰标识和预设计算规则，生成一个或多个其他加扰标识。
  90. 如权利要求81所述的芯片系统，其特征在于，
    所述处理器，具体用于确定下行控制信息配置信息或下行控制参数；以及确定所述下行控制信息配置信息关联的加扰标识或所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识；以及利用所述加扰标识对数据进行加扰或解扰。
  91. 如权利要求90所述的芯片系统，其特征在于，所述下行控制信息配置信息关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制信息配置信息关联的数据信道配置信息中包含的加扰标识或包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；
    或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制参数关联的数据信道配置信息中包含的加扰标识或包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识。
  92. 如权利要求91所述的芯片系统，其特征在于，
    所述下行控制信息配置信息关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制信息配置信息包含的加扰标识或包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；
    或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：包含所述下行控制参数的下行控制信息配置信息所包含的加扰标识或所包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；
    或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：所述下行控制参数包含的加扰标识或加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识；
    或者，所述下行控制参数关联的加扰标识为：包含所述下行控制参数的加扰标识参数所包含的加扰标识或所包含的加扰标识索引号对应的加扰标识。
  93. 一种计算机存储介质，其特征在于，用于存储计算机程序，当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1至9任一项所述的方法，或，执行如权利要求10至12任一项所述的方法，或，执行如权利要求13至24任一项所述的方法。
  94. 一种计算机程序产品，其特征在于，当所述计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1至9任一项所述的方法，或，执行如权利要求10至12任一项所述的方法，或，执行如权利要求13至24任一项所述的方法。
  95. 一种通信系统，其特征在于，所述通信系统包括：
    如权利要求25至33任一项所述的通信设备、如权利要求34至36任一项所述的网络设备和如权利要求37至48任一项所述的设备；或
    如权利要求49至57任一项所述的设备、如权利要求58至60任一项所述的设备和如权利要求61至72任一项所述的设备。
PCT/CN2019/093637 2018-06-29 2019-06-28 数据加扰方法及相关设备 WO2020001607A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP19826647.0A EP3817266A4 (en) 2018-06-29 2019-06-28 DATA SCRAPPING PROCESS AND ASSOCIATED DEVICE
AU2019296415A AU2019296415B9 (en) 2018-06-29 2019-06-28 Data scrambling method and relevant device
US17/136,660 US20210119836A1 (en) 2018-06-29 2020-12-29 Data scrambling method and related device

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201810698574.9A CN110661606B (zh) 2018-06-29 2018-06-29 数据加扰方法及相关设备
CN201810698574.9 2018-06-29

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/136,660 Continuation US20210119836A1 (en) 2018-06-29 2020-12-29 Data scrambling method and related device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020001607A1 true WO2020001607A1 (zh) 2020-01-02

Family

ID=68985272

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/093637 WO2020001607A1 (zh) 2018-06-29 2019-06-28 数据加扰方法及相关设备

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (1) US20210119836A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP3817266A4 (zh)
CN (2) CN114944972A (zh)
AU (1) AU2019296415B9 (zh)
WO (1) WO2020001607A1 (zh)

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111193581B (zh) * 2018-11-14 2021-12-03 华为技术有限公司 发送和接收物理下行控制信道的方法以及通信装置
KR20200087023A (ko) 2019-01-10 2020-07-20 삼성전자주식회사 네트워크 협력통신을 위한 데이터 송수신 방법 및 장치
US20190149294A1 (en) * 2019-01-14 2019-05-16 Intel IP Corporation Csi-rs sequence generation and mapping and dmrs scrambling id configuration
CN116195320A (zh) * 2020-06-16 2023-05-30 上海诺基亚贝尔股份有限公司 用于多波束操作的不连续接收配置
WO2022104657A1 (zh) * 2020-11-19 2022-05-27 北京小米移动软件有限公司 下行控制信息加扰方法、装置、通信设备和存储介质
CN115733589A (zh) * 2021-08-27 2023-03-03 华为技术有限公司 资源配置方法及装置
WO2024004172A1 (ja) * 2022-06-30 2024-01-04 株式会社Ｎｔｔドコモ 端末、無線通信方法及び基地局

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106411475A (zh) * 2015-07-27 2017-02-15 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种反馈传输方法及装置
CN106973437A (zh) * 2016-01-13 2017-07-21 华为技术有限公司 一种参考信号的配置方法及设备
CN107431900A (zh) * 2015-04-08 2017-12-01 英特尔公司 用于多媒体广播多播业务(mbms)的非正交叠加传输

Family Cites Families (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101827444B (zh) * 2010-03-31 2015-03-25 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种测量参考信号的信令配置系统及方法
ES2685168T3 (es) * 2010-04-30 2018-10-05 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Sistema y método para compartir un canal de control para la agregación de una portadora
CN103139868B (zh) * 2011-11-30 2016-08-03 华为技术有限公司 控制接入的方法、设备和系统
US9924498B2 (en) * 2012-03-12 2018-03-20 Qualcomm Incorporated Selecting a cell identifier based on a downlink control information
US9307521B2 (en) * 2012-11-01 2016-04-05 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Transmission scheme and quasi co-location assumption of antenna ports for PDSCH of transmission mode 10 for LTE advanced
CN106416115A (zh) * 2014-02-24 2017-02-15 英特尔Ip公司 用于机器类型通信的用户设备和演进节点b以及随机接入方法
WO2017029066A1 (en) * 2015-08-14 2017-02-23 Sony Corporation Handling number of repetitions in coverage extension mode
US10856280B2 (en) * 2017-03-15 2020-12-01 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for downlink control information design for network coordination
US10880895B2 (en) * 2018-05-27 2020-12-29 Brian Gordaychik Variable length downlink control information formats for next generation radio technologies
US11419104B2 (en) * 2019-01-07 2022-08-16 Qualcomm Incorporated Scrambling sequence generation for a multi-transmit receive point configuration

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107431900A (zh) * 2015-04-08 2017-12-01 英特尔公司 用于多媒体广播多播业务(mbms)的非正交叠加传输
CN106411475A (zh) * 2015-07-27 2017-02-15 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种反馈传输方法及装置
CN106973437A (zh) * 2016-01-13 2017-07-21 华为技术有限公司 一种参考信号的配置方法及设备

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP3817266A4 (en) 2021-09-01
AU2019296415B9 (en) 2022-05-05
AU2019296415B2 (en) 2022-04-07
EP3817266A1 (en) 2021-05-05
CN110661606B (zh) 2022-05-10
US20210119836A1 (en) 2021-04-22
AU2019296415A1 (en) 2021-02-25
CN110661606A (zh) 2020-01-07
CN114944972A (zh) 2022-08-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020001607A1 (zh) 数据加扰方法及相关设备
US20210091900A1 (en) Communication method and communications apparatus
WO2020034889A1 (zh) 信号传输的方法和通信装置
WO2019096235A1 (zh) 接收参考信号的方法和发送参考信号的方法
CN109392120B (zh) 信息指示方法及相关设备
US11540267B2 (en) DCI detection method, PDCCH configuration method, and communications apparatus
WO2020143692A1 (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
US11405906B2 (en) Downlink control information transmission and reception methods and devices
US11722968B2 (en) Communication method and communications apparatus
WO2019196689A1 (zh) 通信的方法和通信装置
US10756861B2 (en) Communication method, and related device and system
WO2020057317A1 (zh) 传输指示信号的传输方法、网络设备及终端
WO2019136871A1 (zh) 通信的方法、网络设备和终端设备
WO2019096232A1 (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
EP3937564A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
US20220224466A1 (en) Uplink transmission method and apparatus
EP4040889A1 (en) Resource configuration method and apparatus
WO2019137299A1 (zh) 通信的方法和通信设备
WO2021062795A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2022206271A1 (zh) 一种确定资源的方法和装置
CN111756509B (zh) 一种传输公共信号块的方法和装置
EP4017162A1 (en) Resource indication method and apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19826647

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019826647

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20210129

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019296415

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20190628

Kind code of ref document: A